diff options
| author | Max Kanat-Alexander <mkanat@bugzilla.org> | 2010-02-01 22:39:54 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Max Kanat-Alexander <mkanat@bugzilla.org> | 2010-02-01 22:39:54 +0100 |
| commit | d495a972854500ce323f15d024605ec395fab155 (patch) | |
| tree | 841efc7d2bf92cfd90098b6a32b1d80e52c1ac4d /docs/xml | |
| parent | a456dea4447c9ddd1e79e04b2456740de19ce112 (diff) | |
| download | bugzilla-d495a972854500ce323f15d024605ec395fab155.tar.gz bugzilla-d495a972854500ce323f15d024605ec395fab155.tar.xz | |
Fix the data in the bzr repo to match the data in the CVS repo.
During the CVS imports into Bzr, there were some inconsistencies introduced
(mostly that files that were deleted in CVS weren't being deleted in Bzr).
So this checkin makes the bzr repo actually consistent with the CVS repo,
including fixing permissions of files.
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/xml')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/.cvsignore | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml | 178 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/about.xml | 243 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/administration.xml | 3448 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/conventions.xml | 164 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/customization.xml | 820 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/dbschema.mysql | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/faq.xml | 1659 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/filetemp.patch | 18 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/gfdl.xml | 445 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/glossary.xml | 551 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/index.xml | 21 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/installation.xml | 2040 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/integration.xml | 120 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/introduction.xml | 121 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/modules.xml | 193 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/patches.xml | 131 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/requiredsoftware.xml | 77 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/security.xml | 367 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/troubleshooting.xml | 307 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/xml/using.xml | 1957 |
21 files changed, 0 insertions, 12862 deletions
diff --git a/docs/xml/.cvsignore b/docs/xml/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index ef6b304bc..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -bugzilla.ent diff --git a/docs/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml b/docs/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e9650c7cb..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; - -<!-- Include macros --> -<!ENTITY about SYSTEM "about.xml"> -<!ENTITY conventions SYSTEM "conventions.xml"> -<!ENTITY doc-index SYSTEM "index.xml"> -<!ENTITY gfdl SYSTEM "gfdl.xml"> -<!ENTITY glossary SYSTEM "glossary.xml"> -<!ENTITY installation SYSTEM "installation.xml"> -<!ENTITY administration SYSTEM "administration.xml"> -<!ENTITY security SYSTEM "security.xml"> -<!ENTITY using SYSTEM "using.xml"> -<!ENTITY integration SYSTEM "integration.xml"> -<!ENTITY index SYSTEM "index.xml"> -<!ENTITY customization SYSTEM "customization.xml"> -<!ENTITY troubleshooting SYSTEM "troubleshooting.xml"> -<!ENTITY patches SYSTEM "patches.xml"> -<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "introduction.xml"> -<!ENTITY modules SYSTEM "modules.xml"> - -<!-- Things to change for a stable release: - * bz-ver to current stable - * bz-nexver to next stable - * bz-date to the release date - * landfillbase to the branch install - * Remove the BZ-DEVEL comments - - COMPILE DOCS AND CHECKIN - - Also, tag and tarball before completing - * bz-ver to devel version - - For a devel release, simple bump bz-ver and bz-date ---> - -<!ENTITY bz-ver "3.1.3"> -<!ENTITY bz-nextver "3.2"> -<!ENTITY bz-date "2008-02-01"> -<!ENTITY current-year "2008"> - -<!ENTITY landfillbase "http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/"> -<!ENTITY bz "http://www.bugzilla.org/"> -<!ENTITY bzg-bugs "<ulink url='https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla&component=Documentation'>Bugzilla Documentation</ulink>"> -<!ENTITY mysql "http://www.mysql.com/"> - -<!ENTITY min-perl-ver "5.8.1"> -]> - - -<!-- Coding standards for this document - -* Other than the GFDL, please use the "section" tag instead of "sect1", - "sect2", etc. -* Use Entities to include files for new chapters in Bugzilla-Guide.xml. -* Try to use Entities for frequently-used passages of text as well. -* Ensure all documents compile cleanly to HTML after modification. - The warning, "DTDDECL catalog types not supported" is normal. -* Try to index important terms wherever possible. -* Use "glossterm" whenever you introduce a new term. -* Follow coding standards at http://www.tldp.org, and - check out the KDE guidelines (they are nice, too) - http://i18n.kde.org/doc/markup.html -* All tags should be lowercase. -* Please use sensible spacing. The comments at the very end of each - file define reasonable defaults for PSGML mode in EMACS. -* Double-indent tags, use double spacing whenever possible, and - try to avoid clutter and feel free to waste space in the code to make it - more readable. - ---> - -<book id="index"> - -<!-- Header --> - - <bookinfo> - <title>The Bugzilla Guide - &bz-ver; - <!-- BZ-DEVEL -->Development <!-- /BZ-DEVEL --> - Release</title> - - <authorgroup> - <corpauthor>The Bugzilla Team</corpauthor> - </authorgroup> - - <pubdate>&bz-date;</pubdate> - - <abstract> - <para> - This is the documentation for Bugzilla, a - bug-tracking system from mozilla.org. - Bugzilla is an enterprise-class piece of software - that tracks millions of bugs and issues for hundreds of - organizations around the world. - </para> - - <para> - The most current version of this document can always be found on the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/">Bugzilla - Documentation Page</ulink>. - </para> - - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bugzilla</keyword> - <keyword>Guide</keyword> - <keyword>installation</keyword> - <keyword>FAQ</keyword> - <keyword>administration</keyword> - <keyword>integration</keyword> - <keyword>MySQL</keyword> - <keyword>Mozilla</keyword> - <keyword>webtools</keyword> - </keywordset> - </bookinfo> - -<!-- About This Guide --> -&about; - -<!-- Installing Bugzilla --> -&installation; - -<!-- Administering Bugzilla --> -&administration; - -<!-- Securing Bugzilla --> -&security; - -<!-- Using Bugzilla --> -&using; - -<!-- Customizing Bugzilla --> -&customization; - -<!-- Appendix: Troubleshooting --> -&troubleshooting; - -<!-- Appendix: Custom Patches --> -&patches; - -<!-- Appendix: Manually Installing Perl Modules --> -&modules; - -<!-- Appendix: GNU Free Documentation License --> -&gfdl; - -<!-- Glossary --> -&glossary; - -<!-- Index --> -&index; - - -</book> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/about.xml b/docs/xml/about.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c1633ac0c..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/about.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [ -<!ENTITY conventions SYSTEM "conventions.xml"> ] > --> -<!-- $Id: about.xml,v 1.26 2007/08/02 06:52:32 wurblzap%gmail.com Exp $ --> - -<chapter id="about"> -<title>About This Guide</title> - - <section id="copyright"> - <title>Copyright Information</title> - - <para>This document is copyright (c) 2000-¤t-year; by the various - Bugzilla contributors who wrote it.</para> - - <blockquote> - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no - Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of - the license is included in <xref linkend="gfdl"/>. - </para> - </blockquote> - <para> - If you have any questions regarding this document, its - copyright, or publishing this document in non-electronic form, - please contact the Bugzilla Team. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="disclaimer"> - <title>Disclaimer</title> - <para> - No liability for the contents of this document can be accepted. - Follow the instructions herein at your own risk. - This document may contain errors - and inaccuracies that may damage your system, cause your partner - to leave you, your boss to fire you, your cats to - pee on your furniture and clothing, and global thermonuclear - war. Proceed with caution. - </para> - <para> - Naming of particular products or brands should not be seen as - endorsements, with the exception of the term "GNU/Linux". We - wholeheartedly endorse the use of GNU/Linux; it is an extremely - versatile, stable, - and robust operating system that offers an ideal operating - environment for Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - Although the Bugzilla development team has taken great care to - ensure that all exploitable bugs have been fixed, security holes surely - exist in any piece of code. Great care should be taken both in - the installation and usage of this software. The Bugzilla development - team members assume no liability for your use of Bugzilla. You have - the source code, and are responsible for auditing it yourself to ensure - your security needs are met. - </para> - </section> - -<!-- Section 2: New Versions --> - - <section id="newversions"> - <title>New Versions</title> - <para> - This is the &bz-ver; version of The Bugzilla Guide. It is so named - to match the current version of Bugzilla. - <!-- BZ-DEVEL --> This version of the guide, like its associated Bugzilla version, is a - development version.<!-- /BZ-DEVEL --> - </para> - <para> - The latest version of this guide can always be found at <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org"/>, or checked out via CVS by - following the <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/cvs.html">Mozilla - CVS</ulink> instructions and check out the - <filename>mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/</filename> - subtree. However, you should read the version - which came with the Bugzilla release you are using. - </para> - <para> - The Bugzilla Guide, or a section of it, is also available in - the following languages: - <ulink url="http://www.traduc.org/docs/guides/lecture/bugzilla/">French</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://bugzilla-de.sourceforge.net/docs/html/">German</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.jp/docs/2.18/">Japanese</ulink>. - Note that these may be outdated or not up to date. - </para> - - <para> - In addition, there are Bugzilla template localization projects in - the following languages. They may have translated documentation - available: - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-ar/">Arabic</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-be/">Belarusian</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://openfmi.net/projects/mozilla-bg/">Bulgarian</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-br/">Brazilian Portuguese</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-cn/">Chinese</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-fr/">French</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://germzilla.ganderbay.net/">German</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-it/">Italian</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.jp/about/jp.html">Japanese</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-kr/">Korean</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-ru/">Russian</ulink> and - <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/bugzilla-es/">Spanish</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - If you would like to volunteer to translate the Guide into additional - languages, please contact - <ulink url="mailto:justdave@bugzilla.org">Dave Miller</ulink>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="credits"> - <title>Credits</title> - <para> - The people listed below have made enormous contributions to the - creation of this Guide, through their writing, dedicated hacking efforts, - numerous e-mail and IRC support sessions, and overall excellent - contribution to the Bugzilla community: - </para> - - <!-- TODO: This is evil... there has to be a valid way to get this look --> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Matthew P. Barnson <email>mbarnson@sisna.com</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for the Herculean task of pulling together the Bugzilla Guide - and shepherding it to 2.14. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Terry Weissman <email>terry@mozilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for initially writing Bugzilla and creating the README upon - which the UNIX installation documentation is largely based. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Tara Hernandez <email>tara@tequilarists.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for keeping Bugzilla development going strong after Terry left - mozilla.org and for running landfill. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dave Lawrence <email>dkl@redhat.com</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for providing insight into the key differences between Red - Hat's customized Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dawn Endico <email>endico@mozilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for being a hacker extraordinaire and putting up with Matthew's - incessant questions and arguments on irc.mozilla.org in #mozwebtools - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Jacob Steenhagen <email>jake@bugzilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for taking over documentation during the 2.17 development - period. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dave Miller <email>justdave@bugzilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for taking over as project lead when Tara stepped down and - continually pushing for the documentation to be the best it can be. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - - <para> - Thanks also go to the following people for significant contributions - to this documentation: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member>Kevin Brannen</member> - <member>Vlad Dascalu</member> - <member>Ben FrantzDale</member> - <member>Eric Hanson</member> - <member>Zach Lipton</member> - <member>Gervase Markham</member> - <member>Andrew Pearson</member> - <member>Joe Robins</member> - <member>Spencer Smith</member> - <member>Ron Teitelbaum</member> - <member>Shane Travis</member> - <member>Martin Wulffeld</member> - </simplelist>. - </para> - - <para> - Also, thanks are due to the members of the - <ulink url="news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla"> - mozilla.support.bugzilla</ulink> - newsgroup (and its predecessor, netscape.public.mozilla.webtools). - Without your discussions, insight, suggestions, and patches, - this could never have happened. - </para> - </section> - - <!-- conventions used here (didn't want to give it a chapter of its own) --> -&conventions; - </chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> - diff --git a/docs/xml/administration.xml b/docs/xml/administration.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7a75604de..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/administration.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3448 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<chapter id="administration"> - <title>Administering Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="parameters"> - <title>Bugzilla Configuration</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla is configured by changing various parameters, accessed - from the "Parameters" link in the Administration page (the - Administration page can be found by clicking the "Administration" - link in the footer). The parameters are divided into several categories, - accessed via the menu on the left. Following is a description of the - different categories and important parameters within those categories. - </para> - - <section id="param-requiredsettings"> - <title>Required Settings</title> - - <para> - The core required parameters for any Bugzilla installation are set - here. These parameters must be set before a new Bugzilla installation - can be used. Administrators should review this list before - deploying a new Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <indexterm> - <primary>checklist</primary> - </indexterm> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - maintainer - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Email address of the person - responsible for maintaining this Bugzilla installation. - The address need not be that of a valid Bugzilla account. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - urlbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the fully qualified domain name and web - server path to this Bugzilla installation. - </para> - <para> - For example, if the Bugzilla query page is - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/query.cgi</filename>, - the <quote>urlbase</quote> should be set - to <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - docs_urlbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines path to the Bugzilla documentation. This can be a fully - qualified domain name, or a path relative to "urlbase". - </para> - <para> - For example, if the "Bugzilla Configuration" page - of the documentation is - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/parameters.html</filename>, - set the <quote>docs_urlbase</quote> - to <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - sslbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the fully qualified domain name and web - server path for HTTPS (SSL) connections to this Bugzilla installation. - </para> - <para> - For example, if the Bugzilla main page is - <filename>https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/index.cgi</filename>, - the <quote>sslbase</quote> should be set - to <filename>https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - ssl - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Determines when Bugzilla will force HTTPS (SSL) connections, using - the URL defined in <command>sslbase</command>. - Options include "always", "never", and "authenticated sessions". - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - cookiedomain - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the domain for Bugzilla cookies. This is typically left blank. - If there are multiple hostnames that point to the same webserver, which - require the same cookie, then this parameter can be utilized. For - example, If your website is at - <filename>https://www.foo.com/</filename>, setting this to - <filename>.foo.com/</filename> will also allow - <filename>bar.foo.com/</filename> to access Bugzilla cookies. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - cookiepath - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines a path, relative to the web server root, that Bugzilla - cookies will be restricted to. For example, if the - <command>urlbase</command> is set to - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>, the - <command>cookiepath</command> should be set to - <filename>/bugzilla/</filename>. Setting it to "/" will allow all sites - served by this web server or virtual host to read Bugzilla cookies. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - timezone - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Timezone of server. The timezone is displayed with timestamps. If - this parameter is left blank, the timezone is not displayed. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - utf8 - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Determines whether to use UTF-8 (Unicode) encoding for all text in - Bugzilla. New installations should set this to true to avoid character - encoding problems. Existing databases should set this to true only - after the data has been converted from existing legacy character - encoding to UTF-8, using the - <filename>contrib/recode.pl</filename> script. - </para> - <note> - <para> - If you turn this parameter from "off" to "on", you must re-run - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> immediately afterward. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - shutdownhtml - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is any text in this field, this Bugzilla installation will - be completely disabled and this text will appear instead of all - Bugzilla pages for all users, including Admins. Used in the event - of site maintenance or outage situations. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Although regular log-in capability is disabled while - <command>shutdownhtml</command> - is enabled, safeguards are in place to protect the unfortunate - admin who loses connection to Bugzilla. Should this happen to you, - go directly to the <filename>editparams.cgi</filename> (by typing - the URL in manually, if necessary). Doing this will prompt you to - log in, and your name/password will be accepted here (but nowhere - else). - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - announcehtml - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Any text in this field will be displayed at the top of every HTML - page in this Bugzilla installation. The text is not wrapped in any - tags. For best results, wrap the text in a <quote><div></quote> - tag. Any style attributes from the CSS can be applied. For example, - to make the text green inside of a red box, add <quote>id=message</quote> - to the <quote><div></quote> tag. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - proxy_url - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If this Bugzilla installation is behind a proxy, enter the proxy - information here to enable Bugzilla to access the Internet. Bugzilla - requires Internet access to utilize the - <command>upgrade_notification</command> parameter (below). If the - proxy requires authentication, use the syntax: - <filename>http://user:pass@proxy_url/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - upgrade_notification - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enable or disable a notification on the homepage of this Bugzilla - installation when a newer version of Bugzilla is available. This - notification is only visible to administrators. Choose "disabled", - to turn off the notification. Otherwise, choose which version of - Bugzilla you want to be notified about: "development_snapshot" is the - latest release on the trunk; "latest_stable_release" is the most - recent release available on the most recent stable branch; - "stable_branch_release" the most recent release on the branch - this installation is based on. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-admin-policies"> - <title>Administrative Policies</title> - <para> - This page contains parameters for basic administrative functions. - Options include whether to allow the deletion of bugs and users, whether - to allow users to change their email address, and whether to allow - user watching (one user receiving all notifications of a selected - other user). - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - supportwatchers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Turning on this option allows users to ask to receive copies - of bug mail sent to another user. Watching a user with - different group permissions is not a way to 'get around' the - system; copied emails are still subject to the normal groupset - permissions of a bug, and <quote>watchers</quote> will only be - copied on emails from bugs they would normally be allowed to view. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-user-authentication"> - <title>User Authentication</title> - <para> - This page contains the settings that control how this Bugzilla - installation will do its authentication. Choose what authentication - mechanism to use (the Bugzilla database, or an external source such - as LDAP), and set basic behavioral parameters. For example, choose - whether to require users to login to browse bugs, the management - of authentication cookies, and the regular expression used to - validate email addresses. Some parameters are highlighted below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - emailregexp - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the regular expression used to validate email addresses - used for login names. The default attempts to match fully - qualified email addresses (i.e. 'user@example.com'). Some - Bugzilla installations allow only local user names (i.e 'user' - instead of 'user@example.com'). In that case, the - <command>emailsuffix</command> parameter should be used to define - the email domain. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - emailsuffix - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This string is appended to login names when actually sending - email to a user. For example, - If <command>emailregexp</command> has been set to allow - local usernames, - then this parameter would contain the email domain for all users - (i.e. '@example.com'). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-attachments"> - <title>Attachments</title> - <para> - This page allows for setting restrictions and other parameters - regarding attachments to bugs. For example, control size limitations - and whether to allow pointing to external files via a URI. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-bug-change-policies"> - <title>Bug Change Policies</title> - <para> - Set policy on default behavior for bug change events. For example, - choose which status to set a bug to when it is marked as a duplicate, - and choose whether to allow bug reporters to set the priority or - target milestone. Also allows for configuration of what changes - should require the user to make a comment, described below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - commenton* - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - All these fields allow you to dictate what changes can pass - without comment, and which must have a comment from the - person who changed them. Often, administrators will allow - users to add themselves to the CC list, accept bugs, or - change the Status Whiteboard without adding a comment as to - their reasons for the change, yet require that most other - changes come with an explanation. - </para> - - <para> - Set the "commenton" options according to your site policy. It - is a wise idea to require comments when users resolve, reassign, or - reopen bugs at the very least. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - It is generally far better to require a developer comment - when resolving bugs than not. Few things are more annoying to bug - database users than having a developer mark a bug "fixed" without - any comment as to what the fix was (or even that it was truly - fixed!) - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - noresolveonopenblockers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This option will prevent users from resolving bugs as FIXED if - they have unresolved dependencies. Only the FIXED resolution - is affected. Users will be still able to resolve bugs to - resolutions other than FIXED if they have unresolved dependent - bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-bugfields"> - <title>Bug Fields</title> - <para> - The parameters in this section determine the default settings of - several Bugzilla fields for new bugs, and also control whether - certain fields are used. For example, choose whether to use the - "target milestone" field or the "status whiteboard" field. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - useqacontact - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This allows you to define an email address for each component, - in addition to that of the default assignee, who will be sent - carbon copies of incoming bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - usestatuswhiteboard - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This defines whether you wish to have a free-form, overwritable field - associated with each bug. The advantage of the Status Whiteboard is - that it can be deleted or modified with ease, and provides an - easily-searchable field for indexing some bugs that have some trait - in common. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-bugmoving"> - <title>Bug Moving</title> - <para> - This page controls whether this Bugzilla installation allows certain - users to move bugs to an external database. If bug moving is enabled, - there are a number of parameters that control bug moving behaviors. - For example, choose which users are allowed to move bugs, the location - of the external database, and the default product and component that - bugs moved <emphasis>from</emphasis> other bug databases to this - Bugzilla installation are assigned to. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="param-dependency-graphs"> - <title>Dependency Graphs</title> - <para> - This page has one parameter that sets the location of a Web Dot - server, or of the Web Dot binary on the local system, that is used - to generate dependency graphs. Web Dot is a CGI program that creates - images from <filename>.dot</filename> graphic description files. If - no Web Dot server or binary is specified, then dependency graphs will - be disabled. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-group-security"> - <title>Group Security</title> - <para> - Bugzilla allows for the creation of different groups, with the - ability to restrict the visibility of bugs in a group to a set of - specific users. Specific products can also be associated with - groups, and users restricted to only see products in their groups. - Several parameters are described in more detail below. Most of the - configuration of groups and their relationship to products is done - on the "Groups" and "Product" pages of the "Administration" area. - The options on this page control global default behavior. - For more information on Groups and Group Security, see - <xref linkend="groups"/> - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - makeproductgroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Determines whether or not to automatically create groups - when new products are created. If this is on, the groups will be - used for querying bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - useentrygroupdefault - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Bugzilla products can have a group associated with them, so that - certain users can only see bugs in certain products. When this - parameter is set to <quote>on</quote>, this - causes the initial group controls on newly created products - to place all newly-created bugs in the group - having the same name as the product immediately. - After a product is initially created, the group controls - can be further adjusted without interference by - this mechanism. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - usevisibilitygroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If selected, user visibility will be restricted to members of - groups, as selected in the group configuration settings. - Each user-defined group can be allowed to see members of selected - other groups. - For details on configuring groups (including the visibility - restrictions) see <xref linkend="edit-groups"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - querysharegroup - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - The name of the group of users who are allowed to share saved - searches with one another. For more information on using - saved searches, see <xref linkend="savedsearches"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="bzldap"> - <title>LDAP Authentication</title> - - <para>LDAP authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin - authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters - necessary to configure Bugzilla for use with LDAP authentication. - </para> - - <para> - The existing authentication - scheme for Bugzilla uses email addresses as the primary user ID, and a - password to authenticate that user. All places within Bugzilla that - require a user ID (e.g assigning a bug) use the email - address. The LDAP authentication builds on top of this scheme, rather - than replacing it. The initial log-in is done with a username and - password for the LDAP directory. Bugzilla tries to bind to LDAP using - those credentials and, if successful, tries to map this account to a - Bugzilla account. If an LDAP mail attribute is defined, the value of this - attribute is used, otherwise the "emailsuffix" parameter is appended to LDAP - username to form a full email address. If an account for this address - already exists in the Bugzilla installation, it will log in to that account. - If no account for that email address exists, one is created at the time - of login. (In this case, Bugzilla will attempt to use the "displayName" - or "cn" attribute to determine the user's full name.) After - authentication, all other user-related tasks are still handled by email - address, not LDAP username. For example, bugs are still assigned by - email address and users are still queried by email address. - </para> - - <caution> - <para>Because the Bugzilla account is not created until the first time - a user logs in, a user who has not yet logged is unknown to Bugzilla. - This means they cannot be used as an assignee or QA contact (default or - otherwise), added to any CC list, or any other such operation. One - possible workaround is the <filename>bugzilla_ldapsync.rb</filename> - script in the - <glossterm linkend="gloss-contrib"> - <filename class="directory">contrib</filename></glossterm> - directory. Another possible solution is fixing - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=201069">bug - 201069</ulink>. - </para> - </caution> - - <para>Parameters required to use LDAP Authentication:</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry id="param-user_verify_class_for_ldap"> - <term>user_verify_class</term> - <listitem> - <para>If you want to list <quote>LDAP</quote> here, - make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. - Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as - well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once - you log out. - If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit - <filename>data/params</filename> and set user_verify_class to - <quote>DB</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPserver"> - <term>LDAPserver</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the - port) of your LDAP server. If no port is specified, it assumes - the default LDAP port of 389. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>ldap.company.com</quote> - or <quote>ldap.company.com:3268</quote> - </para> - <para>You can also specify a LDAP URI, so as to use other - protocols, such as LDAPS or LDAPI. If port was not specified in - the URI, the default is either 389 or 636 for 'LDAP' and 'LDAPS' - schemes respectively. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>ldap://ldap.company.com</quote>, - <quote>ldaps://ldap.company.com</quote> or - <quote>ldapi://%2fvar%2flib%2fldap_sock</quote> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPbinddn"> - <term>LDAPbinddn [Optional]</term> - <listitem> - <para>Some LDAP servers will not allow an anonymous bind to search - the directory. If this is the case with your configuration you - should set the LDAPbinddn parameter to the user account Bugzilla - should use instead of the anonymous bind. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>cn=default,cn=user:password</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPBaseDN"> - <term>LDAPBaseDN</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPBaseDN parameter should be set to the location in - your LDAP tree that you would like to search for email addresses. - Your uids should be unique under the DN specified here. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>ou=People,o=Company</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPuidattribute"> - <term>LDAPuidattribute</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPuidattribute parameter should be set to the attribute - which contains the unique UID of your users. The value retrieved - from this attribute will be used when attempting to bind as the - user to confirm their password. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>uid</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPmailattribute"> - <term>LDAPmailattribute</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPmailattribute parameter should be the name of the - attribute which contains the email address your users will enter - into the Bugzilla login boxes. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>mail</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="bzradius"> - <title>RADIUS Authentication</title> - - <para> - RADIUS authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin - authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters - necessary for configuring Bugzilla to use RADIUS authentication. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Most caveats that apply to LDAP authentication apply to RADIUS - authentication as well. See <xref linkend="bzldap"/> for details. - </para> - </note> - - <para>Parameters required to use RADIUS Authentication:</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry id="param-user_verify_class_for_radius"> - <term>user_verify_class</term> - <listitem> - <para>If you want to list <quote>RADIUS</quote> here, - make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. - Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as - well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once - you log out. - If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit - <filename>data/params</filename> and set user_verify_class to - <quote>DB</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_server"> - <term>RADIUS_server</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the - port) of your RADIUS server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_secret"> - <term>RADIUS_secret</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the RADIUS server's secret. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_email_suffix"> - <term>RADIUS_email_suffix</term> - <listitem> - <para>Bugzilla needs an e-mail address for each user account. - Therefore, it needs to determine the e-mail address corresponding - to a RADIUS user. - Bugzilla offers only a simple way to do this: it can concatenate - a suffix to the RADIUS user name to convert it into an e-mail - address. - You can specify this suffix in the RADIUS_email_suffix parameter. - </para> - <para>If this simple solution does not work for you, you'll - probably need to modify - <filename>Bugzilla/Auth/Verify/RADIUS.pm</filename> to match your - requirements. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-email"> - <title>Email</title> - <para> - This page contains all of the parameters for configuring how - Bugzilla deals with the email notifications it sends. See below - for a summary of important options. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - mail_delivery_method - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is used to specify how email is sent, or if it is sent at - all. There are several options included for different MTAs, - along with two additional options that disable email sending. - "Test" does not send mail, but instead saves it in - <filename>data/mailer.testfile</filename> for later review. - "None" disables email sending entirely. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - mailfrom - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is the email address that will appear in the "From" field - of all emails sent by this Bugzilla installation. Some email - servers require mail to be from a valid email address, therefore - it is recommended to choose a valid email address here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - sendmailnow - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - When Bugzilla is using Sendmail older than 8.12, turning this option - off will improve performance by not waiting for Sendmail to actually - send mail. If Sendmail 8.12 or later is being used, there is - nothing to gain by turning this off. If another MTA is being used, - such as Postfix, then this option *must* be turned on (even if you - are using the fake sendmail executable that Postfix provides). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - whinedays - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set this to the number of days you want to let bugs go - in the NEW or REOPENED state before notifying people they have - untouched new bugs. If you do not plan to use this feature, simply - do not set up the whining cron job described in the installation - instructions, or set this value to "0" (never whine). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - globalwatcher - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This allows you to define specific users who will - receive notification each time a new bug in entered, or when - an existing bug changes, according to the normal groupset - permissions. It may be useful for sending notifications to a - mailing-list, for instance. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-patchviewer"> - <title>Patch Viewer</title> - <para> - This page contains configuration parameters for the CVS server, - Bonsai server and LXR server that Bugzilla will use to enable the - features of the Patch Viewer. Bonsai is a tool that enables queries - to a CVS tree. LXR is a tool that can cross reference and index source - code. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-querydefaults"> - <title>Query Defaults</title> - <para> - This page controls the default behavior of Bugzilla in regards to - several aspects of querying bugs. Options include what the default - query options are, what the "My Bugs" page returns, whether users - can freely add bugs to the quip list, and how many duplicate bugs are - needed to add a bug to the "most frequently reported" list. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-shadowdatabase"> - <title>Shadow Database</title> - <para> - This page controls whether a shadow database is used, and all the - parameters associated with the shadow database. Versions of Bugzilla - prior to 3.2 used the MyISAM table type, which supports - only table-level write locking. With MyISAM, any time someone is making a change to - a bug, the entire table is locked until the write operation is complete. - Locking for write also blocks reads until the write is complete. - </para> - <para> - The <quote>shadowdb</quote> parameter was designed to get around - this limitation. While only a single user is allowed to write to - a table at a time, reads can continue unimpeded on a read-only - shadow copy of the database. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - As of version 3.2, Bugzilla no longer uses the MyISAM table type. - Instead, InnoDB is used, which can do transaction-based locking. - Therefore, the limitations the Shadow Database feature was designed - to workaround no longer exist. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="admin-usermatching"> - <title>User Matching</title> - <para> - The settings on this page control how users are selected and queried - when adding a user to a bug. For example, users need to be selected - when choosing who the bug is assigned to, adding to the CC list or - selecting a QA contact. With the "usemenuforusers" parameter, it is - possible to configure Bugzilla to - display a list of users in the fields instead of an empty text field. - This should only be used in Bugzilla installations with a small number - of users. If users are selected via a text box, this page also - contains parameters for how user names can be queried and matched - when entered. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="useradmin"> - <title>User Administration</title> - - <section id="defaultuser"> - <title>Creating the Default User</title> - - <para>When you first run checksetup.pl after installing Bugzilla, it - will prompt you for the administrative username (email address) and - password for this "super user". If for some reason you delete - the "super user" account, re-running checksetup.pl will again prompt - you for this username and password.</para> - - <tip> - <para>If you wish to add more administrative users, add them to - the "admin" group and, optionally, edit the tweakparams, editusers, - creategroups, editcomponents, and editkeywords groups to add the - entire admin group to those groups (which is the case by default). - </para> - </tip> - </section> - - <section id="manageusers"> - <title>Managing Other Users</title> - - <section id="user-account-search"> - <title>Searching for existing users</title> - - <para> - If you have <quote>editusers</quote> privileges or if you are allowed - to grant privileges for some groups, the <quote>Users</quote> link - will appear in the Administration page. - </para> - - <para> - The first screen is a search form to search for existing user - accounts. You can run searches based either on the user ID, real - name or login name (i.e. the email address, or just the first part - of the email address if the "emailsuffix" parameter is set). - The search can be conducted - in different ways using the listbox to the right of the text entry - box. You can match by case-insensitive substring (the default), - regular expression, a <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> regular expression - match (which finds every user name which does NOT match the regular - expression), or the exact string if you know exactly who you are - looking for. The search can be restricted to users who are in a - specific group. By default, the restriction is turned off. - </para> - - <para> - The search returns a list of - users matching your criteria. User properties can be edited by clicking - the login name. The Account History of a user can be viewed by clicking - the "View" link in the Account History column. The Account History - displays changes that have been made to the user account, the time of - the change and the user who made the change. For example, the Account - History page will display details of when a user was added or removed - from a group. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="createnewusers"> - <title>Creating new users</title> - - <section id="self-registration"> - <title>Self-registration</title> - - <para> - By default, users can create their own user accounts by clicking the - <quote>New Account</quote> link at the bottom of each page (assuming - they aren't logged in as someone else already). If you want to disable - this self-registration, or if you want to restrict who can create his - own user account, you have to edit the <quote>createemailregexp</quote> - parameter in the <quote>Configuration</quote> page, see - <xref linkend="parameters" />. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="user-account-creation"> - <title>Accounts created by an administrator</title> - - <para> - Users with <quote>editusers</quote> privileges, such as administrators, - can create user accounts for other users: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>After logging in, click the "Users" link at the footer of - the query page, and then click "Add a new user".</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Fill out the form presented. This page is self-explanatory. - When done, click "Submit".</para> - - <note> - <para>Adding a user this way will <emphasis>not</emphasis> - send an email informing them of their username and password. - While useful for creating dummy accounts (watchers which - shuttle mail to another system, for instance, or email - addresses which are a mailing list), in general it is - preferable to log out and use the <quote>New Account</quote> - button to create users, as it will pre-populate all the - required fields and also notify the user of her account name - and password.</para> - </note> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="modifyusers"> - <title>Modifying Users</title> - - <para>Once you have found your user, you can change the following - fields:</para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Login Name</emphasis>: - This is generally the user's full email address. However, if you - have are using the <quote>emailsuffix</quote> parameter, this may - just be the user's login name. Note that users can now change their - login names themselves (to any valid email address). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Real Name</emphasis>: The user's real name. Note that - Bugzilla does not require this to create an account.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Password</emphasis>: - You can change the user's password here. Users can automatically - request a new password, so you shouldn't need to do this often. - If you want to disable an account, see Disable Text below. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Bugmail Disabled</emphasis>: - Mark this checkbox to disable bugmail and whinemail completely - for this account. This checkbox replaces the data/nomail file - which existed in older versions of Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Disable Text</emphasis>: - If you type anything in this box, including just a space, the - user is prevented from logging in, or making any changes to - bugs via the web interface. - The HTML you type in this box is presented to the user when - they attempt to perform these actions, and should explain - why the account was disabled. - </para> - <para> - Users with disabled accounts will continue to receive - mail from Bugzilla; furthermore, they will not be able - to log in themselves to change their own preferences and - stop it. If you want an account (disabled or active) to - stop receiving mail, simply check the - <quote>Bugmail Disabled</quote> checkbox above. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Even users whose accounts have been disabled can still - submit bugs via the e-mail gateway, if one exists. - The e-mail gateway should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be - enabled for secure installations of Bugzilla. - </para> - </note> - <warning> - <para> - Don't disable all the administrator accounts! - </para> - </warning> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis><groupname></emphasis>: - If you have created some groups, e.g. "securitysensitive", then - checkboxes will appear here to allow you to add users to, or - remove them from, these groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>canconfirm</emphasis>: - This field is only used if you have enabled the "unconfirmed" - status. If you enable this for a user, - that user can then move bugs from "Unconfirmed" to a "Confirmed" - status (e.g.: "New" status).</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>creategroups</emphasis>: - This option will allow a user to create and destroy groups in - Bugzilla.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis>: - Unless a user has this bit set, they can only edit those bugs - for which they are the assignee or the reporter. Even if this - option is unchecked, users can still add comments to bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editcomponents</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to create new products and components, - as well as modify and destroy those that have no bugs associated - with them. If a product or component has bugs associated with it, - those bugs must be moved to a different product or component - before Bugzilla will allow them to be destroyed. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editkeywords</emphasis>: - If you use Bugzilla's keyword functionality, enabling this - feature allows a user to create and destroy keywords. As always, - the keywords for existing bugs containing the keyword the user - wishes to destroy must be changed before Bugzilla will allow it - to die.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editusers</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to do what you're doing right now: edit - other users. This will allow those with the right to do so to - remove administrator privileges from other users or grant them to - themselves. Enable with care.</para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>tweakparams</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to change Bugzilla's Params - (using <filename>editparams.cgi</filename>.)</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis><productname></emphasis>: - This allows an administrator to specify the products - in which a user can see bugs. If you turn on the - <quote>makeproductgroups</quote> parameter in - the Group Security Panel in the Parameters page, - then Bugzilla creates one group per product (at the time you create - the product), and this group has exactly the same name as the - product itself. Note that for products that already exist when - the parameter is turned on, the corresponding group will not be - created. The user must still have the <quote>editbugs</quote> - privilege to edit bugs in these products.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="user-account-deletion"> - <title>Deleting Users</title> - <para> - If the <quote>allowuserdeletion</quote> parameter is turned on, see - <xref linkend="parameters" />, then you can also delete user accounts. - Note that this is most of the time not the best thing to do. If only - a warning in a yellow box is displayed, then the deletion is safe. - If a warning is also displayed in a red box, then you should NOT try - to delete the user account, else you will get referential integrity - problems in your database, which can lead to unexpected behavior, - such as bugs not appearing in bug lists anymore, or data displaying - incorrectly. You have been warned! - </para> - </section> - - <section id="impersonatingusers"> - <title>Impersonating Users</title> - - <para> - There may be times when an administrator would like to do something as - another user. The <command>sudo</command> feature may be used to do - this. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - To use the sudo feature, you must be in the - <emphasis>bz_sudoers</emphasis> group. By default, all - administrators are in this group.</para> - </note> - - <para> - If you have access to this feature, you may start a session by - going to the Edit Users page, Searching for a user and clicking on - their login. You should see a link below their login name titled - "Impersonate this user". Click on the link. This will take you - to a page where you will see a description of the feature and - instructions for using it. After reading the text, simply - enter the login of the user you would like to impersonate, provide - a short message explaining why you are doing this, and press the - button.</para> - - <para> - As long as you are using this feature, everything you do will be done - as if you were logged in as the user you are impersonating.</para> - - <warning> - <para> - The user you are impersonating will not be told about what you are - doing. If you do anything that results in mail being sent, that - mail will appear to be from the user you are impersonating. You - should be extremely careful while using this feature.</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="classifications" xreflabel="Classifications"> - <title>Classifications</title> - - <para>Classifications tend to be used in order to group several related - products into one distinct entity.</para> - - <para>The classifications layer is disabled by default; it can be turned - on or off using the useclassification parameter, - in the <emphasis>Bug Fields</emphasis> section of the edit parameters screen.</para> - - <para>Access to the administration of classifications is controlled using - the <emphasis>editclassifications</emphasis> system group, which defines - a privilege for creating, destroying, and editing classifications.</para> - - <para>When activated, classifications will introduce an additional - step when filling bugs (dedicated to classification selection), and they - will also appear in the advanced search form.</para> - </section> - - <section id="products" xreflabel="Products"> - <title>Products</title> - - <para> - <glossterm linkend="gloss-product" baseform="product"> - Products</glossterm> typically represent real-world - shipping products. Products can be given - <xref linkend="classifications"/>. - For example, if a company makes computer games, - they could have a classification of "Games", and a separate - product for each game. This company might also have a - <quote>Common</quote> product for units of technology used - in multiple games, and perhaps a few special products that - represent items that are not actually shipping products - (for example, "Website", or "Administration"). - </para> - - <para> - Many of Bugzilla's settings are configurable on a per-product - basis. The number of <quote>votes</quote> available to - users is set per-product, as is the number of votes - required to move a bug automatically from the UNCONFIRMED - status to the NEW status. - </para> - - <para> - When creating or editing products the following options are - available: - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Product - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - The name of the product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Description - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - A brief description of the product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - URL describing milestones for this product - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is reference URL, provide it here - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Default milestone - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the default milestone for this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Closed for bug entry - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this box to prevent new bugs from being - entered against this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Maximum votes per person - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this - product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Maximum votes a person can put on a single bug - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this - product in a single bug - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Confirmation threshold - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Number of votes needed to automatically remove any - bug against this product from the UNCONFIRMED state - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Version - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Specify which version of the product bugs will be - entered against. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Create chart datasets for this product - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select to make chart datasets available for this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - <para> - When editing a product there is also a link to edit Group Access Controls, - see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - - <section id="create-product"> - <title>Creating New Products</title> - - <para> - To create a new product: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <quote>Administration</quote> from the footer and then - choose <quote>Products</quote> from the main administration page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the <quote>Add</quote> link in the bottom right. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the name of the product and a description. The - Description field may contain HTML. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - When the product is created, Bugzilla will give a message - stating that a component must be created before any bugs can - be entered against the new product. Follow the link to create - a new component. See <xref linkend="components"/> for more - information. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section id="edit-products"> - <title>Editing Products</title> - - <para> - To edit an existing product, click the "Products" link from the - "Administration" page. If the 'useclassification' parameter is - turned on, a table of existing classifications is displayed, - including an "Unclassified" category. The table indicates how many products - are in each classification. Click on the classification name to see its - products. If the 'useclassification' parameter is not in use, the table - lists all products directly. The product table summarizes the information - about the product defined - when the product was created. Click on the product name to edit these - properties, and to access links to other product attributes such as the - product's components, versions, milestones, and group access controls. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="comps-vers-miles-products"> - <title>Adding or Editing Components, Versions and Target Milestones</title> - <para> - To edit existing, or add new, Components, Versions or Target Milestones - to a Product, select the "Edit Components", "Edit Versions" or "Edit - Milestones" links from the "Edit Product" page. A table of existing - Components, Versions or Milestones is displayed. Click on a item name - to edit the properties of that item. Below the table is a link to add - a new Component, Version or Milestone. - </para> - <para> - For more information on components, see <xref linkend="components"/>. - </para> - <para> - For more information on versions, see <xref linkend="versions"/>. - </para> - <para> - For more information on milestones, see <xref linkend="milestones"/>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="product-group-controls"> - <title>Assigning Group Controls to Products</title> - - <para> - On the <quote>Edit Product</quote> page, there is a link called - <quote>Edit Group Access Controls</quote>. The settings on this page - control the relationship of the groups to the product being edited. - </para> - - <para> - Group Access Controls are an important aspect of using groups for - isolating products and restricting access to bugs filed against those - products. For more information on groups, including how to create, edit - add users to, and alter permission of, see <xref linkend="groups"/>. - </para> - - <para> - After selecting the "Edit Group Access Controls" link from the "Edit - Product" page, a table containing all user-defined groups for this - Bugzilla installation is displayed. The system groups that are created - when Bugzilla is installed are not applicable to Group Access Controls. - Below is description of what each of these fields means. - </para> - - <para> - Groups may be applicable (e.g bugs in this product can be associated - with this group) , default (e.g. bugs in this product are in this group - by default), and mandatory (e.g. bugs in this product must be associated - with this group) for each product. Groups can also control access - to bugs for a given product, or be used to make bugs for a product - totally read-only unless the group restrictions are met. The best way to - understand these relationships is by example. See - <xref linkend="group-control-examples"/> for examples of - product and group relationships. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Products and Groups are not limited to a one-to-one relationship. - Multiple groups can be associated with the same product, and groups - can be associated with more than one product. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - If any group has <emphasis>Entry</emphasis> selected, then the - product will restrict bug entry to only those users - who are members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> the groups with - <emphasis>Entry</emphasis> selected. - </para> - - <para> - If any group has <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> selected, - then the product will be read-only for any users - who are not members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the groups with - <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> selected. <emphasis>Only</emphasis> users who - are members of all the <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> groups - will be able to edit bugs for this product. This is an additional - restriction that enables finer-grained control over products rather - than just all-or-nothing access levels. - </para> - - <para> - The following settings let you - choose privileges on a <emphasis>per-product basis</emphasis>. - This is a convenient way to give privileges to - some users for some products only, without having - to give them global privileges which would affect - all products. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>editcomponents</emphasis> - selected allows users who are in this group to edit all - aspects of this product, including components, milestones - and versions. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>canconfirm</emphasis> selected - allows users who are in this group to confirm bugs - in this product. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> selected allows - users who are in this group to edit all fields of - bugs in this product. - </para> - - <para> - The <emphasis>MemberControl</emphasis> and - <emphasis>OtherControl</emphasis> are used in tandem to determine which - bugs will be placed in this group. The only allowable combinations of - these two parameters are listed in a table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" - page. Consult this table for details on how these fields can be used. - Examples of different uses are described below. - </para> - - <section id="group-control-examples"> - <title>Common Applications of Group Controls</title> - - <para> - The use of groups is best explained by providing examples that illustrate - configurations for common use cases. The examples follow a common syntax: - <emphasis>Group: Entry, MemberControl, OtherControl, CanEdit, - EditComponents, CanConfirm, EditBugs</emphasis>. Where "Group" is the name - of the group being edited for this product. The other fields all - correspond to the table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" page. If any - of these options are not listed, it means they are not checked. - </para> - - <para> - Basic Product/Group Restriction - </para> - - <para> - Suppose there is a product called "Bar". The - "Bar" product can only have bugs entered against it by users in the - group "Foo". Additionally, bugs filed against product "Bar" must stay - restricted to users to "Foo" at all times. Furthermore, only members - of group "Foo" can edit bugs filed against product "Bar", even if other - users could see the bug. This arrangement would achieved by the - following: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Bar: -foo: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <para> - Perhaps such strict restrictions are not needed for product "Bar". A - more lenient way to configure product "Bar" and group "Foo" would be: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Bar: -foo: ENTRY, SHOWN/SHOWN, EDITCOMPONENTS, CANCONFIRM, EDITBUGS - </programlisting> - - <para> - The above indicates that for product "Bar", members of group "Foo" can - enter bugs. Any one with permission to edit a bug against product "Bar" - can put the bug - in group "Foo", even if they themselves are not in "Foo". Anyone in group - "Foo" can edit all aspects of the components of product "Bar", can confirm - bugs against product "Bar", and can edit all fields of any bug against - product "Bar". - </para> - - <para> - General User Access With Security Group - </para> - - <para> - To permit any user to file bugs against "Product A", - and to permit any user to submit those bugs into a - group called "Security": - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -security: SHOWN/SHOWN - </programlisting> - - <para> - General User Access With A Security Product - </para> - - <para> - To permit any user to file bugs against product called "Security" - while keeping those bugs from becoming visible to anyone - outside the group "SecurityWorkers" (unless a member of the - "SecurityWorkers" group removes that restriction): - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Security: -securityworkers: DEFAULT/MANDATORY - </programlisting> - - <para> - Product Isolation With a Common Group - </para> - - <para> - To permit users of "Product A" to access the bugs for - "Product A", users of "Product B" to access the bugs for - "Product B", and support staff, who are members of the "Support - Group" to access both, three groups are needed: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para>Support Group: Contains members of the support staff.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>AccessA Group: Contains users of product A and the Support group.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>AccessB Group: Contains users of product B and the Support group.</para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - <para> - Once these three groups are defined, the product group controls - can be set to: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Product B: -AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY - </programlisting> - - <para> - Perhaps the "Support Group" wants more control. For example, - the "Support Group" could be permitted to make bugs inaccessible to - users of both groups "AccessA" and "AccessB". - Then, the "Support Group" could be permitted to publish - bugs relevant to all users in a third product (let's call it - "Product Common") that is read-only - to anyone outside the "Support Group". In this way the "Support Group" - could control bugs that should be seen by both groups. - That configuration would be: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Support: SHOWN/NA -Product B: -AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Support: SHOWN/NA -Product Common: -Support: ENTRY, DEFAULT/MANDATORY, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <para> - Make a Product Read Only - </para> - - <para> - Sometimes a product is retired and should no longer have - new bugs filed against it (for example, an older version of a software - product that is no longer supported). A product can be made read-only - by creating a group called "readonly" and adding products to the - group as needed: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -ReadOnly: ENTRY, NA/NA, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - For more information on Groups outside of how they relate to products - see <xref linkend="groups"/>. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="components" xreflabel="Components"> - <title>Components</title> - - <para>Components are subsections of a Product. E.g. the computer game - you are designing may have a "UI" - component, an "API" component, a "Sound System" component, and a - "Plugins" component, each overseen by a different programmer. It - often makes sense to divide Components in Bugzilla according to the - natural divisions of responsibility within your Product or - company.</para> - - <para> - Each component has a default assignee and (if you turned it on in the parameters), - a QA Contact. The default assignee should be the primary person who fixes bugs in - that component. The QA Contact should be the person who will ensure - these bugs are completely fixed. The Assignee, QA Contact, and Reporter - will get email when new bugs are created in this Component and when - these bugs change. Default Assignee and Default QA Contact fields only - dictate the - <emphasis>default assignments</emphasis>; - these can be changed on bug submission, or at any later point in - a bug's life.</para> - - <para>To create a new Component:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <quote>Edit components</quote> link - from the <quote>Edit product</quote> page</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Select the <quote>Add</quote> link in the bottom right.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Fill out the <quote>Component</quote> field, a - short <quote>Description</quote>, the - <quote>Default Assignee</quote>, <quote>Default CC List</quote> - and <quote>Default QA Contact</quote> (if enabled). - The <quote>Component Description</quote> field may contain a - limited subset of HTML tags. The <quote>Default Assignee</quote> - field must be a login name already existing in the Bugzilla database. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="versions"> - <title>Versions</title> - - <para>Versions are the revisions of the product, such as "Flinders - 3.1", "Flinders 95", and "Flinders 2000". Version is not a multi-select - field; the usual practice is to select the earliest version known to have - the bug. - </para> - - <para>To create and edit Versions:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>From the "Edit product" screen, select "Edit Versions"</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>You will notice that the product already has the default - version "undefined". Click the "Add" link in the bottom right.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Enter the name of the Version. This field takes text only. - Then click the "Add" button.</para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="milestones"> - <title>Milestones</title> - - <para>Milestones are "targets" that you plan to get a bug fixed by. For - example, you have a bug that you plan to fix for your 3.0 release, it - would be assigned the milestone of 3.0.</para> - - <note> - <para>Milestone options will only appear for a Product if you turned - on the "usetargetmilestone" Param in the "Edit Parameters" screen. - </para> - </note> - - <para>To create new Milestones, set Default Milestones, and set - Milestone URL:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select "Edit milestones" from the "Edit product" page.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Select "Add" in the bottom right corner. - text</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Enter the name of the Milestone in the "Milestone" field. You - can optionally set the "sortkey", which is a positive or negative - number (-32768 to 32767) that defines where in the list this particular - milestone appears. This is because milestones often do not - occur in alphanumeric order For example, "Future" might be - after "Release 1.2". Select "Add".</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>From the Edit product screen, you can enter the URL of a - page which gives information about your milestones and what - they mean. </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="flags-overview"> - <title>Flags</title> - - <para> - Flags are a way to attach a specific status to a bug or attachment, - either <quote>+</quote> or <quote>-</quote>. The meaning of these symbols depends on the text - the flag itself, but contextually they could mean pass/fail, - accept/reject, approved/denied, or even a simple yes/no. If your site - allows requestable flags, then users may set a flag to <quote>?</quote> as a - request to another user that they look at the bug/attachment, and set - the flag to its correct status. - </para> - - <section id="flags-simpleexample"> - <title>A Simple Example</title> - - <para> - A developer might want to ask their manager, - <quote>Should we fix this bug before we release version 2.0?</quote> - They might want to do this for a <emphasis>lot</emphasis> of bugs, - so it would be nice to streamline the process... - </para> - <para> - In Bugzilla, it would work this way: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - The Bugzilla administrator creates a flag type called - <quote>blocking2.0</quote> that shows up on all bugs in - your product. - </para> - - <para> - It shows up on the <quote>Show Bug</quote> screen - as the text <quote>blocking2.0</quote> with a drop-down box next - to it. The drop-down box contains four values: an empty space, - <quote>?</quote>, <quote>-</quote>, and <quote>+</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>The developer sets the flag to <quote>?</quote>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The manager sees the <computeroutput>blocking2.0</computeroutput> - flag with a <quote>?</quote> value. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the manager thinks the feature should go into the product - before version 2.0 can be released, he sets the flag to - <quote>+</quote>. Otherwise, he sets it to <quote>-</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Now, every Bugzilla user who looks at the bug knows whether or - not the bug needs to be fixed before release of version 2.0. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="flags-about"> - <title>About Flags</title> - - <section id="flag-values"> - <title>Values</title> - <para> - Flags can have three values: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>?</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - A user is requesting that a status be set. (Think of it as 'A question is being asked'.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>-</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - The status has been set negatively. (The question has been answered <quote>no</quote>.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>+</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - The status has been set positively. - (The question has been answered <quote>yes</quote>.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Actually, there's a fourth value a flag can have -- - <quote>unset</quote> -- which shows up as a blank space. This - just means that nobody has expressed an opinion (or asked - someone else to express an opinion) about this bug or attachment. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="flag-askto"> - <title>Using flag requests</title> - <para> - If a flag has been defined as 'requestable', and a user has enough privileges - to request it (see below), the user can set the flag's status to <quote>?</quote>. - This status indicates that someone (a.k.a. <quote>the requester</quote>) is asking - someone else to set the flag to either <quote>+</quote> or <quote>-</quote>. - </para> - <para> - If a flag has been defined as 'specifically requestable', - a text box will appear next to the flag into which the requester may - enter a Bugzilla username. That named person (a.k.a. <quote>the requestee</quote>) - will receive an email notifying them of the request, and pointing them - to the bug/attachment in question. - </para> - <para> - If a flag has <emphasis>not</emphasis> been defined as 'specifically requestable', - then no such text-box will appear. A request to set this flag cannot be made of - any specific individual, but must be asked <quote>to the wind</quote>. - A requester may <quote>ask the wind</quote> on any flag simply by leaving the text-box blank. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flag-types"> - <title>Two Types of Flags</title> - - <para> - Flags can go in two places: on an attachment, or on a bug. - </para> - - <section id="flag-type-attachment"> - <title>Attachment Flags</title> - - <para> - Attachment flags are used to ask a question about a specific - attachment on a bug. - </para> - <para> - Many Bugzilla installations use this to - request that one developer <quote>review</quote> another - developer's code before they check it in. They attach the code to - a bug report, and then set a flag on that attachment called - <quote>review</quote> to - <computeroutput>review?boss@domain.com</computeroutput>. - boss@domain.com is then notified by email that - he has to check out that attachment and approve it or deny it. - </para> - - <para> - For a Bugzilla user, attachment flags show up in three places: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - On the list of attachments in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> - screen, you can see the current state of any flags that - have been set to ?, +, or -. You can see who asked about - the flag (the requester), and who is being asked (the - requestee). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When you <quote>Edit</quote> an attachment, you can - see any settable flag, along with any flags that have - already been set. This <quote>Edit Attachment</quote> - screen is where you set flags to ?, -, +, or unset them. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Requests are listed in the <quote>Request Queue</quote>, which - is accessible from the <quote>My Requests</quote> link (if you are - logged in) or <quote>Requests</quote> link (if you are logged out) - visible in the footer of all pages. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="flag-type-bug"> - <title>Bug Flags</title> - - <para> - Bug flags are used to set a status on the bug itself. You can - see Bug Flags in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> and <quote>Requests</quote> - screens, as described above. - </para> - <para> - Only users with enough privileges (see below) may set flags on bugs. - This doesn't necessarily include the assignee, reporter, or users with the - <computeroutput>editbugs</computeroutput> permission. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="flags-admin"> - <title>Administering Flags</title> - - <para> - If you have the <quote>editcomponents</quote> permission, you can - edit Flag Types from the main administration page. Clicking the - <quote>Flags</quote> link will bring you to the <quote>Administer - Flag Types</quote> page. Here, you can select whether you want - to create (or edit) a Bug flag, or an Attachment flag. - </para> - <para> - No matter which you choose, the interface is the same, so we'll - just go over it once. - </para> - - <section id="flags-edit"> - <title>Editing a Flag</title> - <para> - To edit a flag's properties, just click on the <quote>Edit</quote> - link next to the flag's description. That will take you to the same - form as described below (<xref linkend="flags-create"/>). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create"> - <title>Creating a Flag</title> - - <para> - When you click on the <quote>Create a Flag Type for...</quote> - link, you will be presented with a form. Here is what the fields in - the form mean: - </para> - - <section id="flags-create-field-name"> - <title>Name</title> - <para> - This is the name of the flag. This will be displayed - to Bugzilla users who are looking at or setting the flag. - The name may contain any valid Unicode characters except commas - and spaces. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-description"> - <title>Description</title> - <para> - The description describes the flag in more detail. It is visible - in a tooltip when hovering over a flag either in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> - or <quote>Edit Attachment</quote> pages. This field can be as - long as you like, and can contain any character you want. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-category"> - <title>Category</title> - - <para> - Default behaviour for a newly-created flag is to appear on - products and all components, which is why <quote>__Any__:__Any__</quote> - is already entered in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box. - If this is not your desired behaviour, you must either set some - exclusions (for products on which you don't want the flag to appear), - or you must remove <quote>__Any__:__Any__</quote> from the Inclusions box - and define products/components specifically for this flag. - </para> - - <para> - To create an Inclusion, select a Product from the top drop-down box. - You may also select a specific component from the bottom drop-down box. - (Setting <quote>__Any__</quote> for Product translates to, - <quote>all the products in this Bugzilla</quote>. - Selecting <quote>__Any__</quote> in the Component field means - <quote>all components in the selected product.</quote>) - Selections made, press <quote>Include</quote>, and your - Product/Component pairing will show up in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box on the right. - </para> - - <para> - To create an Exclusion, the process is the same; select a Product from the - top drop-down box, select a specific component if you want one, and press - <quote>Exclude</quote>. The Product/Component pairing will show up in the - <quote>Exclusions</quote> box on the right. - </para> - - <para> - This flag <emphasis>will</emphasis> and <emphasis>can</emphasis> be set for any - products/components that appearing in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box - (or which fall under the appropriate <quote>__Any__</quote>). - This flag <emphasis>will not</emphasis> appear (and therefore cannot be set) on - any products appearing in the <quote>Exclusions</quote> box. - <emphasis> IMPORTANT: Exclusions override inclusions.</emphasis> - </para> - - <para> - You may select a Product without selecting a specific Component, - but you can't select a Component without a Product, or to select a - Component that does not belong to the named Product. If you do so, - Bugzilla will display an error message, even if all your products - have a component by that name. - </para> - - <para><emphasis>Example:</emphasis> Let's say you have a product called - <quote>Jet Plane</quote> that has thousands of components. You want - to be able to ask if a problem should be fixed in the next model of - plane you release. We'll call the flag <quote>fixInNext</quote>. - But, there's one component in <quote>Jet Plane,</quote> - called <quote>Pilot.</quote> It doesn't make sense to release a - new pilot, so you don't want to have the flag show up in that component. - So, you include <quote>Jet Plane:__Any__</quote> and you exclude - <quote>Jet Plane:Pilot</quote>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-sortkey"> - <title>Sort Key</title> - <para> - Flags normally show up in alphabetical order. If you want them to - show up in a different order, you can use this key set the order on each flag. - Flags with a lower sort key will appear before flags with a higher - sort key. Flags that have the same sort key will be sorted alphabetically, - but they will still be after flags with a lower sort key, and before flags - with a higher sort key. - </para> - <para> - <emphasis>Example:</emphasis> I have AFlag (Sort Key 100), BFlag (Sort Key 10), - CFlag (Sort Key 10), and DFlag (Sort Key 1). These show up in - the order: DFlag, BFlag, CFlag, AFlag. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-active"> - <title>Active</title> - <para> - Sometimes, you might want to keep old flag information in the - Bugzilla database, but stop users from setting any new flags of this type. - To do this, uncheck <quote>active</quote>. Deactivated - flags will still show up in the UI if they are ?, +, or -, but they - may only be cleared (unset), and cannot be changed to a new value. - Once a deactivated flag is cleared, it will completely disappear from a - bug/attachment, and cannot be set again. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-requestable"> - <title>Requestable</title> - <para> - New flags are, by default, <quote>requestable</quote>, meaning that they - offer users the <quote>?</quote> option, as well as <quote>+</quote> - and <quote>-</quote>. - To remove the ? option, uncheck <quote>requestable</quote>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-specific"> - <title>Specifically Requestable</title> - <para> - By default this box is checked for new flags, meaning that users may make - flag requests of specific individuals. Unchecking this box will remove the - text box next to a flag; if it is still requestable, then requests may - only be made <quote>to the wind.</quote> Removing this after specific - requests have been made will not remove those requests; that data will - stay in the database (though it will no longer appear to the user). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-multiplicable"> - <title>Multiplicable</title> - <para> - Any flag with <quote>Multiplicable</quote> set (default for new flags is 'on') - may be set more than once. After being set once, an unset flag - of the same type will appear below it with <quote>addl.</quote> (short for - <quote>additional</quote>) before the name. There is no limit to the number of - times a Multiplicable flags may be set on the same bug/attachment. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-cclist"> - <title>CC List</title> - - <para> - If you want certain users to be notified every time this flag is - set to ?, -, +, or unset, add them here. This is a comma-separated - list of email addresses that need not be restricted to Bugzilla usernames. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-grant-group"> - <title>Grant Group</title> - <para> - When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group - can set the flag to <quote>+</quote> and <quote>-</quote>. This - field does not affect who can request or cancel the flag. For that, - see the <quote>Request Group</quote> field below. If this field - is left blank, all users can set or delete this flag. This field is - useful for restricting which users can approve or reject requests. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-request-group"> - <title>Request Group</title> - <para> - When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group - can request or cancel this flag. Note that this field has no effect - if the <quote>grant group</quote> field is empty. You can set the - value of this field to a different group, but both fields have to be - set to a group for this field to have an effect. - </para> - </section> - </section> <!-- flags-create --> - - <section id="flags-delete"> - <title>Deleting a Flag</title> - - <para> - When you are at the <quote>Administer Flag Types</quote> screen, - you will be presented with a list of Bug flags and a list of Attachment - Flags. - </para> - <para> - To delete a flag, click on the <quote>Delete</quote> link next to - the flag description. - </para> - <warning> - <para> - Once you delete a flag, it is <emphasis>gone</emphasis> from - your Bugzilla. All the data for that flag will be deleted. - Everywhere that flag was set, it will disappear, - and you cannot get that data back. If you want to keep flag data, - but don't want anybody to set any new flags or change current flags, - unset <quote>active</quote> in the flag Edit form. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - </section> <!-- flags-admin --> - - <!-- XXX We should add a "Uses of Flags" section, here, with examples. --> - - </section> <!-- flags --> - - <section id="keywords"> - <title>Keywords</title> - - <para> - The administrator can define keywords which can be used to tag and - categorise bugs. For example, the keyword "regression" is commonly used. - A company might have a policy stating all regressions - must be fixed by the next release - this keyword can make tracking those - bugs much easier. - </para> - <para> - Keywords are global, rather than per-product. If the administrator changes - a keyword currently applied to any bugs, the keyword cache must be rebuilt - using the <xref linkend="sanitycheck"/> script. Currently keywords can not - be marked obsolete to prevent future usage. - </para> - <para> - Keywords can be created, edited or deleted by clicking the "Keywords" - link in the admin page. There are two fields for each keyword - the keyword - itself and a brief description. Once created, keywords can be selected - and applied to individual bugs in that bug's "Details" section. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="custom-fields"> - <title>Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - The release of Bugzilla 3.0 added the ability to create Custom Fields. - Custom Fields are treated like any other field - they can be set in bugs - and used for search queries. Administrators should keep in mind that - adding too many fields can make the user interface more complicated and - harder to use. Custom Fields should be added only when necessary and with - careful consideration. - </para> - <tip> - <para> - Before adding a Custom Field, make sure that Bugzilla can not already - do the desired behavior. Many Bugzilla options are not enabled by - default, and many times Administrators find that simply enabling - certain options that already exist is sufficient. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - Administrators can manage Custom Fields using the - <quote>Custom Fields</quote> link on the Administration page. The Custom - Fields administration page displays a list of Custom Fields, if any exist, - and a link to "Add a new custom field". - </para> - - <section id="add-custom-fields"> - <title>Adding Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - To add a new Custom Field, click the "Add a new custom field" link. This - page displays several options for the new field, described below. - </para> - - <para> - The following attributes must be set for each new custom field: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Name:</emphasis> - The name of the field in the database, used internally. This name - MUST begin with <quote>cf_</quote> to prevent confusion with - standard fields. If this string is omitted, it will - be automatically added to the name entered. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Description:</emphasis> - A brief string which is used as the label for this Custom Field. - That is the string that users will see, and should be - short and explicit. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Type:</emphasis> - The type of field to create. There are - several types available: - <simplelist> - <member> - Large Text Box: A multiple line box for entering free text. - </member> - <member> - Free Text: A single line box for entering free text. - </member> - <member> - Multiple-Selection Box: A list box where multiple options - can be selected. After creating this field, it must be edited - to add the selection options. See - <xref linkend="edit-values-list" /> for information about - editing legal values. - </member> - <member> - Drop Down: A list box where only one option can be selected. - After creating this field, it must be edited to add the - selection options. See - <xref linkend="edit-values-list" /> for information about - editing legal values. - </member> - <member> - Date/Time: A date field. This field appears with a - calendar widget for choosing the date. - </member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Sortkey:</emphasis> - Integer that determines in which order Custom Fields are - displayed in the User Interface, especially when viewing a bug. - Fields with lower values are displayed first. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Can be set on bug creation:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether this field can be set on - bug creation. If not selected, then a bug must be created - before this field can be set. See <xref linkend="bugreports" /> - for information about filing bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Displayed in bugmail for new bugs:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether the value set on this field - should appear in bugmail when the bug is filed. This attribute - has no effect if the field cannot be set on bug creation. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Is obsolete:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether this field should - be displayed at all. Obsolete Custom Fields are hidden. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </section> - - <section id="edit-custom-fields"> - <title>Editing Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - As soon as a Custom Field is created, its name and type cannot be - changed. If this field is a drop down menu, its legal values can - be set as described in <xref linkend="edit-values-list" />. All - other attributes can be edited as described above. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="delete-custom-fields"> - <title>Deleting Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - It is only possible to delete obsolete Custom Fields - if the field has never been used in the database. - To remove a field which already has content, - mark it as obsolete. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="edit-values"> - <title>Legal Values</title> - - <para> - Since Bugzilla 2.20 RC1, legal values for Operating Systems, platforms, - bug priorities and severities can be edited from the User Interface - directly. This means that it is no longer required to manually edit - <filename>localconfig</filename>. Starting with Bugzilla 2.23.3, - the list of valid resolutions can be customized from the same interface. - Since Bugzilla 3.1.1 the list of valid bug statuses can be customized - as well. - </para> - - <section id="edit-values-list"> - <title>Viewing/Editing legal values</title> - <para> - Editing legal values requires <quote>admin</quote> privileges. - Select "Legal Values" from the Administration page. A list of all - fields, both system fields and Custom Fields, for which legal values - can be edited appears. Click a field name to edit its legal values. - </para> - <para> - There is no limit to how many values a field can have, but each value - must be unique to that field. The sortkey is important to display these - values in the desired order. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="edit-values-delete"> - <title>Deleting legal values</title> - <para> - Legal values from Custom Fields can be deleted, but only if the - following two conditions are respected: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>The value is not used by default for the field.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>No bug is currently using this value.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - If any of these conditions is not respected, the value cannot be deleted. - The only way to delete these values is to reassign bugs to another value - and to set another value as default for the field. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="bug_status_workflow"> - <title>Bug Status Workflow</title> - - <para> - The bug status workflow is no longer hardcoded but can be freely customized - from the web interface. Only one bug status cannot be renamed nor deleted, - UNCONFIRMED, but the workflow involving it is free. The configuration - page displays all existing bug statuses twice, first on the left for bug - statuses we come from and on the top for bug statuses we move to. - If the checkbox is checked, then the transition between the two bug statuses - is legal, else it's forbidden independently of your privileges. The bug status - used for the "duplicate_or_move_bug_status" parameter must be part of the - workflow as that is the bug status which will be used when duplicating or - moving a bug, so it must be available from each bug status. - </para> - <para> - When the workflow is set, the "View Current Triggers" link below the table - lets you set which transitions require a comment from the user. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="voting"> - <title>Voting</title> - - <para>Voting allows users to be given a pot of votes which they can allocate - to bugs, to indicate that they'd like them fixed. - This allows developers to gauge - user need for a particular enhancement or bugfix. By allowing bugs with - a certain number of votes to automatically move from "UNCONFIRMED" to - "NEW", users of the bug system can help high-priority bugs garner - attention so they don't sit for a long time awaiting triage.</para> - - <para>To modify Voting settings:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Navigate to the "Edit product" screen for the Product you - wish to modify</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Maximum Votes per person</emphasis>: - Setting this field to "0" disables voting.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Maximum Votes a person can put on a single - bug</emphasis>: - It should probably be some number lower than the - "Maximum votes per person". Don't set this field to "0" if - "Maximum votes per person" is non-zero; that doesn't make - any sense.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Number of votes a bug in this product needs to - automatically get out of the UNCONFIRMED state</emphasis>: - Setting this field to "0" disables the automatic move of - bugs from UNCONFIRMED to NEW. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Once you have adjusted the values to your preference, click - "Update".</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="quips"> - <title>Quips</title> - - <para> - Quips are small text messages that can be configured to appear - next to search results. A Bugzilla installation can have its own specific - quips. Whenever a quip needs to be displayed, a random selection - is made from the pool of already existing quips. - </para> - - <para> - Quips are controlled by the <emphasis>enablequips</emphasis> parameter. - It has several possible values: on, approved, frozen or off. - In order to enable quips approval you need to set this parameter - to "approved". In this way, users are free to submit quips for - addition but an administrator must explicitly approve them before - they are actually used. - </para> - - <para> - In order to see the user interface for the quips, it is enough to click - on a quip when it is displayed together with the search results. Or - it can be seen directly in the browser by visiting the quips.cgi URL - (prefixed with the usual web location of the Bugzilla installation). - Once the quip interface is displayed, it is enough to click the - "view and edit the whole quip list" in order to see the administration - page. A page with all the quips available in the database will - be displayed. - </para> - - <para> - Next to each tip there is a checkbox, under the - "Approved" column. Quips who have this checkbox checked are - already approved and will appear next to the search results. - The ones that have it unchecked are still preserved in the - database but they will not appear on search results pages. - User submitted quips have initially the checkbox unchecked. - </para> - - <para> - Also, there is a delete link next to each quip, - which can be used in order to permanently delete a quip. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="groups"> - <title>Groups and Group Security</title> - - <para> - Groups allow for separating bugs into logical divisions. - Groups are typically used to - to isolate bugs that should only be seen by certain people. For - example, a company might create a different group for each one of its customers - or partners. Group permissions could be set so that each partner or customer would - only have access to their own bugs. Or, groups might be used to create - variable access controls for different departments within an organization. - Another common use of groups is to associate groups with products, - creating isolation and access control on a per-product basis. - </para> - - <para> - Groups and group behaviors are controlled in several places: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - The group configuration page. To view or edit existing groups, or to - create new groups, access the "Groups" link from the "Administration" - page. This section of the manual deals primarily with the aspect of - group controls accessed on this page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Global configuration parameters. Bugzilla has several parameters - that control the overall default group behavior and restriction - levels. For more information on the parameters that control - group behavior globally, see <xref linkend="param-group-security"/>. - </para> - - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Product association with groups. Most of the functionality of groups - and group security is controlled at the product level. Some aspects - of group access controls for products are discussed in this section, - but for more detail see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Group access for users. See <xref linkend="users-and-groups"/> for - details on how users are assigned group access. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - <para> - Group permissions are such that if a bug belongs to a group, only members - of that group can see the bug. If a bug is in more than one group, only - members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> the groups that the bug is in can see - the bug. For information on granting read-only access to certain people and - full edit access to others, see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - By default, bugs can also be seen by the Assignee, the Reporter, and - by everyone on the CC List, regardless of whether or not the bug would - typically be viewable by them. Visibility to the Reporter and CC List can - be overridden (on a per-bug basis) by bringing up the bug, finding the - section that starts with <quote>Users in the roles selected below...</quote> - and un-checking the box next to either 'Reporter' or 'CC List' (or both). - </para> - </note> - - <section id="create-groups"> - <title>Creating Groups</title> - - <para> - To create a new group, follow the steps below: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the <quote>Administration</quote> link in the page footer, - and then select the <quote>Groups</quote> link from the - Administration page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Below the table is a - description of all the fields. To create a new group, select the - <quote>Add Group</quote> link under the table of existing groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - There are five fields to fill out. These fields are documented below - the form. Choose a name and description for the group. Decide whether - this group should be used for bugs (in all likelihood this should be - selected). Optionally, choose a regular expression that will - automatically add any matching users to the group, and choose an - icon that will help identify user comments for the group. The regular - expression can be useful, for example, to automatically put all users - from the same company into one group (if the group is for a specific - customer or partner). - </para> - <note> - <para> - If <quote>User RegExp</quote> is filled out, users whose email - addresses match the regular expression will automatically be - members of the group as long as their email addresses continue - to match the regular expression. If their email address changes - and no longer matches the regular expression, they will be removed - from the group. Versions 2.16 and older of Bugzilla did not automatically - remove users who's email addresses no longer matched the RegExp. - </para> - </note> - <warning> - <para> - If specifying a domain in the regular expression, end - the regexp with a "$". Otherwise, when granting access to - "@mycompany\.com", access will also be granted to - 'badperson@mycompany.com.cracker.net'. Use the syntax, - '@mycompany\.com$' for the regular expression. - </para> - </warning> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - After the new group is created, it can be edited for additional options. - The "Edit Group" page allows for specifying other groups that should be included - in this group and which groups should be permitted to add and delete - users from this group. For more details, see <xref linkend="edit-groups"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section id="edit-groups"> - <title>Editing Groups and Assigning Group Permissions</title> - - <para> - To access the "Edit Groups" page, select the - <quote>Administration</quote> link in the page footer, - and then select the <quote>Groups</quote> link from the Administration page. - A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Click on a group name - you wish to edit or control permissions for. - </para> - - <para> - The "Edit Groups" page contains the same five fields present when - creating a new group. Below that are two additional sections, "Group - Permissions," and "Mass Remove". The "Mass Remove" option simply removes - all users from the group who match the regular expression entered. The - "Group Permissions" section requires further explanation. - </para> - - <para> - The "Group Permissions" section on the "Edit Groups" page contains four sets - of permissions that control the relationship of this group to other - groups. If the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter is in use (see - <xref linkend="parameters"/>) two additional sets of permissions are displayed. - Each set consists of two select boxes. On the left, a select box - with a list of all existing groups. On the right, a select box listing - all groups currently selected for this permission setting (this box will - be empty for new groups). The way these controls allow groups to relate - to one another is called <emphasis>inheritance</emphasis>. - Each of the six permissions is described below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Are a Member of This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of any groups selected here will automatically have - membership in this group. In other words, members of any selected - group will inherit membership in this group. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Is a Member Of</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group will inherit membership to any group - selected here. For example, suppose the group being edited is - an Admin group. If there are two products (Product1 and Product2) - and each product has its - own group (Group1 and Group2), and the Admin group - should have access to both products, - simply select both Group1 and Group2 here. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Can Grant Membership in This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - The members of any group selected here will be able add users - to this group, even if they themselves are not in this group. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Can Grant Membership In</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group can add users to any group selected here, - even if they themselves are not in the selected groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Can See This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of any selected group can see the users in this group. - This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter - is enabled on the Bugzilla Configuration page. See - <xref linkend="parameters"/> for information on configuring Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Can See</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group can see members in any of the selected groups. - This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter - is enabled on the the Bugzilla Configuration page. See - <xref linkend="parameters"/> for information on configuring Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="users-and-groups"> - <title>Assigning Users to Groups</title> - - <para> - A User can become a member of a group in several ways: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - The user can be explicitly placed in the group by editing - the user's profile. This can be done by accessing the "Users" page - from the "Administration" page. Use the search form to find the user - you want to edit group membership for, and click on their email - address in the search results to edit their profile. The profile - page lists all the groups, and indicates if the user is a member of - the group either directly or indirectly. More information on indirect - group membership is below. For more details on User administration, - see <xref linkend="useradmin"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The group can include another group of which the user is - a member. This is indicated by square brackets around the checkbox - next to the group name in the user's profile. - See <xref linkend="edit-groups"/> for details on group inheritance. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The user's email address can match the regular expression - that has been specified to automatically grant membership to - the group. This is indicated by "*" around the check box by the - group name in the user's profile. - See <xref linkend="create-groups"/> for details on - the regular expression option when creating groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Assigning Group Controls to Products</title> - - <para> - The primary functionality of groups is derived from the relationship of - groups to products. The concepts around segregating access to bugs with - product group controls can be confusing. For details and examples on this - topic, see <xref linkend="product-group-controls" />. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="sanitycheck"> - <title>Checking and Maintaining Database Integrity</title> - - <para> - Over time it is possible for the Bugzilla database to become corrupt - or to have anomalies. - This could happen through normal usage of Bugzilla, manual database - administration outside of the Bugzilla user interface, or from some - other unexpected event. Bugzilla includes a "Sanity Check" script that - can perform several basic database checks, and repair certain problems or - inconsistencies. - </para> - <para> - To run the "Sanity Check" script, log in as an Administrator and click the - "Sanity Check" link in the admin page. Any problems that are found will be - displayed in red letters. If the script is capable of fixing a problem, - it will present a link to initiate the fix. If the script can not - fix the problem it will require manual database administration or recovery. - </para> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script can also be run from the command line via the perl - script <filename>sanitycheck.pl</filename>. The script can also be run as - a <command>cron</command> job. Results will be delivered by email. - </para> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script should be run on a regular basis as a matter of - best practice. - </para> - <warning> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script is no substitute for a competent database - administrator. It is only designed to check and repair basic database - problems. - </para> - </warning> - - </section> - - <section id="upgrading"> - <title>Upgrading to New Releases</title> - - <para> - Upgrading Bugzilla is something we all want to do from time to time, - be it to get new features or pick up the latest security fix. How easy - it is to update depends on a few factors: - </para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If the new version is a revision or a new point release - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - How many local changes (if any) have been made - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <section id="upgrading-version-defns"> - <title>Version Definitions</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla displays the version you are using at the top of the home - page <filename>index.cgi</filename>. It looks something like - '2.20.3', '2.22.1' or '3.0rc1'. The first number in this series is - the Major Version. This does not change very often; - Bugzilla was 1.x.x when it was first created, and went to 2.x.x - when it was re-written in perl in Sept 1998. The major version - 3.x.x, released in early 2007, is pretty far from what the 2.x.x - series looked like, both about its UI and its code. - </para> - - <para> - The second number in the version is called the 'minor number', and - a release that changes the minor number is called a 'point release'. - An even number in this position (2.18, 2.20, 2.22, 3.0, 3.2, etc.) - represents a stable version, while an odd number (2.19, 2.21, 2.23, etc.) - represents a development version. In the past, stable point releases - were feature-based, coming when certain enhancements had been - completed, or the Bugzilla development team felt that enough - progress had been made overall. As of version 2.18, however, - Bugzilla has moved to a time-based release schedule; current plans - are to create a stable point release every 6 months or so after - 2.18 is deployed. - </para> - - <para> - The third number in the Bugzilla version represents a bugfix version. - Bugfix Revisions are released only to address security vulnerabilities - and, for a limited period, bug fixes. Once enough of these - bugfixes have accumulated (or a new security vulnerability is - identified and closed), a bugfix release is made. As an - example, 2.20.3 was a bugfix release, and improved on 2.20.2. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - When reading version numbers, everything separated by a point ('.') - should be read as a single number. It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> - the same as decimal. 2.22 is newer than 2.8 because minor version - 22 is greater than minor version 8. The now unsupported release 2.16.11 - was newer than 2.16.9 (because bugfix 11 is greater than bugfix 9. This is - confusing to some people who aren't used to dealing with software. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="upgrading-notifications"> - <title>Upgrading - Notifications</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla 3.0 introduces the ability to automatically notify - administrators when new releases are available, based on the - <literal>upgrade_notification</literal> parameter, see - <xref linkend="parameters"/>. Administrators will see these - notifications when they access the <filename>index.cgi</filename> - page, i.e. generally when logging in. Bugzilla will check once per - day for new releases, unless the parameter is set to - <quote>disabled</quote>. If you are behind a proxy, you may have to set - the <literal>proxy_url</literal> parameter accordingly. If the proxy - requires authentication, use the - <literal>http://user:pass@proxy_url/</literal> syntax. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="upgrading-methods"> - <title>Upgrading - Methods and Procedure</title> - <para> - There are three different ways to upgrade your installation. - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Using CVS (<xref linkend="upgrade-cvs"/>) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Downloading a new tarball (<xref linkend="upgrade-tarball"/>) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Applying the relevant patches (<xref linkend="upgrade-patches"/>) - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - Each of these options has its own pros and cons; the one that's - right for you depends on how long it has been since you last - installed, the degree to which you have customized your installation, - and/or your network configuration. (Some discussion of the various - methods of updating compared with degree and methods of local - customization can be found in <xref linkend="template-method"/>.) - </para> - - <para> - The larger the jump you are trying to make, the more difficult it - is going to be to upgrade if you have made local customizations. - Upgrading from 2.22 to 2.22.1 should be fairly painless even if - you are heavily customized, but going from 2.18 to 3.0 is going - to mean a fair bit of work re-writing your local changes to use - the new files, logic, templates, etc. If you have done no local - changes at all, however, then upgrading should be approximately - the same amount of work regardless of how long it has been since - your version was released. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Upgrading is a one-way process. You should backup your database - and current Bugzilla directory before attempting the upgrade. If - you wish to revert to the old Bugzilla version for any reason, you - will have to restore from these backups. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - The examples in the following sections are written as though the - user were updating to version 2.22.1, but the procedures are the - same regardless of whether one is updating to a new point release - or simply trying to obtain a new bugfix release. Also, in the - examples the user's Bugzilla installation is found at - <filename>/var/www/html/bugzilla</filename>. If that is not the - same as the location of your Bugzilla installation, simply - substitute the proper paths where appropriate. - </para> - - <section id="upgrade-cvs"> - <title>Upgrading using CVS</title> - - <para> - Every release of Bugzilla, whether it is a point release or a bugfix, - is tagged in CVS. Also, every tarball that has been distributed since - version 2.12 has been created in such a way that it can be used with - CVS once it is unpacked. Doing so, however, requires that you are able - to access cvs-mirror.mozilla.org on port 2401, which may not be an - option or a possibility for some users, especially those behind a - highly restrictive firewall. - </para> - - <tip> - <para> - If you can, updating using CVS is probably the most painless - method, especially if you have a lot of local changes. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - The following shows the sequence of commands needed to update a - Bugzilla installation via CVS, and a typical series of results. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html/bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>cvs login</command> -Logging in to :pserver:anonymous@cvs-mirror.mozilla.org:2401/cvsroot -CVS password: <emphasis>('anonymous', or just leave it blank)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>cvs -q update -r BUGZILLA-2_22_1 -dP</command> -P checksetup.pl -P collectstats.pl -P docs/rel_notes.txt -P template/en/default/list/quips.html.tmpl -<emphasis>(etc.)</emphasis> - </programlisting> - - <caution> - <para> - If a line in the output from <command>cvs update</command> begins - with a <computeroutput>C</computeroutput>, then that represents a - file with local changes that CVS was unable to properly merge. You - need to resolve these conflicts manually before Bugzilla (or at - least the portion using that file) will be usable. - </para> - </caution> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-tarball"> - <title>Upgrading using the tarball</title> - - <para> - If you are unable (or unwilling) to use CVS, another option that's - always available is to obtain the latest tarball from the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/">Download Page</ulink> and - create a new Bugzilla installation from that. - </para> - - <para> - This sequence of commands shows how to get the tarball from the - command-line; it is also possible to download it from the site - directly in a web browser. If you go that route, save the file - to the <filename class="directory">/var/www/html</filename> - directory (or its equivalent, if you use something else) and - omit the first three lines of the example. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html</command> -bash$ <command>wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-2.22.1.tar.gz</command> -<emphasis>(Output omitted)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>tar xzvf bugzilla-2.22.1.tar.gz</command> -bugzilla-2.22.1/ -bugzilla-2.22.1/.cvsignore -<emphasis>(Output truncated)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>cd bugzilla-2.22.1</command> -bash$ <command>cp ../bugzilla/localconfig* .</command> -bash$ <command>cp -r ../bugzilla/data .</command> -bash$ <command>cd ..</command> -bash$ <command>mv bugzilla bugzilla.old</command> -bash$ <command>mv bugzilla-2.22.1 bugzilla</command> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - The <command>cp</command> commands both end with periods which - is a very important detail, it tells the shell that the destination - directory is the current working directory. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - This upgrade method will give you a clean install of Bugzilla with the - same version as the tarball. That's fine if you don't have any local - customizations that you want to maintain, but if you do then you will - need to reapply them by hand to the appropriate files. - </para> - - <para> - It's worth noting that since 2.12, the Bugzilla tarballs come - CVS-ready, so if you decide at a later date that you'd rather use - CVS as an upgrade method, your code will already be set up for it. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-patches"> - <title>Upgrading using patches</title> - - <para> - If you are doing a bugfix upgrade -- that is, one where only the - last number of the revision changes, such as from 2.22 to 2.22.1 - -- then you have the option of obtaining and applying a patch file - from the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/">Download Page</ulink>. - This file is made available by the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/developers/profiles.html">Bugzilla - Development Team</ulink>, and is a collection of all the bug fixes - and security patches that have been made since the last bugfix - release. If you are planning to upgrade via patches, it is safer - to grab this developer-made patch file than to read the patch - notes and apply all (or even just some of) the patches oneself, - as sometimes patches on bugs get changed before they get checked in. - </para> - - <para> - As above, this example starts with obtaining the file via the - command line. If you have already downloaded it, you can omit the - first two commands. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html/bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-2.22-to-2.22.1.diff.gz</command> -<emphasis>(Output omitted)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>gunzip bugzilla-2.22-to-2.22.1.diff.gz</command> -bash$ <command>patch -p1 < bugzilla-2.22-to-2.22.1.diff</command> -patching file checksetup.pl -patching file collectstats.pl -<emphasis>(etc.)</emphasis> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - Be aware that upgrading from a patch file does not change the - entries in your <filename class="directory">CVS</filename> directory. - This could make it more difficult to upgrade using CVS - (<xref linkend="upgrade-cvs"/>) in the future. - </para> - </warning> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="upgrading-completion"> - <title>Completing Your Upgrade</title> - - <para> - Regardless of which upgrade method you choose, you will need to - run <command>./checksetup.pl</command> before your Bugzilla - upgrade will be complete. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>./checksetup.pl</command> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - The period at the beginning of the command - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> is important and can not - be omitted. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - If you have done a lot of local modifications, it wouldn't hurt - to run the Bugzilla Testing suite. This is not a required step, - but it isn't going to hurt anything, and might help point out - some areas that could be improved. (More information on the - test suite can be had by following this link to the appropriate - section in the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html#testsuite">Developers' - Guide</ulink>.) - </para> - - </section> - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/conventions.xml b/docs/xml/conventions.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 70e6624f7..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/conventions.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE section PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<section id="conventions"> - <title>Document Conventions</title> - - <indexterm zone="conventions"> - <primary>conventions</primary> - </indexterm> - - <para>This document uses the following conventions:</para> - - <informaltable frame="none"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Descriptions</entry> - - <entry>Appearance</entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - <row> - <entry>Caution</entry> - - <entry> - <caution> - <para>Don't run with scissors!</para> - </caution> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Hint or Tip</entry> - - <entry> - <tip> - <para>For best results... </para> - </tip> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Note</entry> - - <entry> - <note> - <para>Dear John...</para> - </note> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Warning</entry> - - <entry> - <warning> - <para>Read this or the cat gets it.</para> - </warning> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>File or directory name</entry> - - <entry> - <filename>filename</filename> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Command to be typed</entry> - - <entry> - <command>command</command> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Application name</entry> - - <entry> - <application>application</application> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - Normal user's prompt under bash shell</entry> - - <entry>bash$</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - Root user's prompt under bash shell</entry> - - <entry>bash#</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - Normal user's prompt under tcsh shell</entry> - - <entry>tcsh$</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Environment variables</entry> - - <entry> - <envar>VARIABLE</envar> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Term found in the glossary</entry> - - <entry> - <glossterm linkend="gloss-bugzilla">Bugzilla</glossterm> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Code example</entry> - - <entry> - <programlisting><sgmltag class="starttag">para</sgmltag> -Beginning and end of paragraph -<sgmltag class="endtag">para</sgmltag></programlisting> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <para> - This documentation is maintained in DocBook 4.1.2 XML format. - Changes are best submitted as plain text or XML diffs, attached - to a bug filed in the &bzg-bugs; component. - </para> - -</section> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/customization.xml b/docs/xml/customization.xml deleted file mode 100644 index bb89cb12b..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/customization.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,820 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<chapter id="customization"> - <title>Customizing Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="cust-skins"> - <title>Custom Skins</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla allows you to have multiple skins. These are custom CSS and possibly - also custom images for Bugzilla. To create a new custom skin, you have two - choices: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Make a single CSS file, and put it in the - <filename>skins/contrib</filename> directory. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Make a directory that contains all the same CSS file - names as <filename>skins/standard/</filename>, and put - your directory in <filename>skins/contrib/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - After you put the file or the directory there, make sure to run checksetup.pl - so that it can reset the file permissions correctly. - </para> - <para> - After you have installed the new skin, it will show up as an option in the - user's General Preferences. If you would like to force a particular skin on all - users, just select it in the Default Preferences and then uncheck "Enabled" on - the preference. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cust-templates"> - <title>Template Customization</title> - - <para> - Administrators can configure the look and feel of Bugzilla without - having to edit Perl files or face the nightmare of massive merge - conflicts when they upgrade to a newer version in the future. - </para> - - <para> - Templatization also makes localized versions of Bugzilla possible, - for the first time. It's possible to have Bugzilla's UI language - determined by the user's browser. More information is available in - <xref linkend="template-http-accept"/>. - </para> - - <section id="template-directory"> - <title>Template Directory Structure</title> - <para> - The template directory structure starts with top level directory - named <filename>template</filename>, which contains a directory - for each installed localization. The next level defines the - language used in the templates. Bugzilla comes with English - templates, so the directory name is <filename>en</filename>, - and we will discuss <filename>template/en</filename> throughout - the documentation. Below <filename>template/en</filename> is the - <filename>default</filename> directory, which contains all the - standard templates shipped with Bugzilla. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - A directory <filename>data/templates</filename> also exists; - this is where Template Toolkit puts the compiled versions of - the templates from either the default or custom directories. - <emphasis>Do not</emphasis> directly edit the files in this - directory, or all your changes will be lost the next time - Template Toolkit recompiles the templates. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section id="template-method"> - <title>Choosing a Customization Method</title> - <para> - If you want to edit Bugzilla's templates, the first decision - you must make is how you want to go about doing so. There are two - choices, and which you use depends mainly on the scope of your - modifications, and the method you plan to use to upgrade Bugzilla. - </para> - - <para> - The first method of making customizations is to directly edit the - templates found in <filename>template/en/default</filename>. - This is probably the best way to go about it if you are going to - be upgrading Bugzilla through CVS, because if you then execute - a <command>cvs update</command>, any changes you have made will - be merged automagically with the updated versions. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you use this method, and CVS conflicts occur during an - update, the conflicted templates (and possibly other parts - of your installation) will not work until they are resolved. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The second method is to copy the templates to be modified - into a mirrored directory structure under - <filename>template/en/custom</filename>. Templates in this - directory structure automatically override any identically-named - and identically-located templates in the - <filename>default</filename> directory. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The <filename>custom</filename> directory does not exist - at first and must be created if you want to use it. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The second method of customization should be used if you - use the overwriting method of upgrade, because otherwise - your changes will be lost. This method may also be better if - you are using the CVS method of upgrading and are going to make major - changes, because it is guaranteed that the contents of this directory - will not be touched during an upgrade, and you can then decide whether - to continue using your own templates, or make the effort to merge your - changes into the new versions by hand. - </para> - - <para> - Using this method, your installation may break if incompatible - changes are made to the template interface. Such changes should - be documented in the release notes, provided you are using a - stable release of Bugzilla. If you use using unstable code, you will - need to deal with this one yourself, although if possible the changes - will be mentioned before they occur in the deprecations section of the - previous stable release's release notes. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Regardless of which method you choose, it is recommended that - you run <command>./checksetup.pl</command> after creating or - editing any templates in the <filename>template/en/default</filename> - directory, and after editing any templates in the - <filename>custom</filename> directory. - </para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para> - It is <emphasis>required</emphasis> that you run - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> after creating a new - template in the <filename>custom</filename> directory. Failure - to do so will raise an incomprehensible error message. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section id="template-edit"> - <title>How To Edit Templates</title> - - <note> - <para> - If you are making template changes that you intend on submitting back - for inclusion in standard Bugzilla, you should read the relevant - sections of the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html">Developers' - Guide</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The syntax of the Template Toolkit language is beyond the scope of - this guide. It's reasonably easy to pick up by looking at the current - templates; or, you can read the manual, available on the - <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org">Template Toolkit home - page</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - One thing you should take particular care about is the need - to properly HTML filter data that has been passed into the template. - This means that if the data can possibly contain special HTML characters - such as <, and the data was not intended to be HTML, they need to be - converted to entity form, i.e. &lt;. You use the 'html' filter in the - Template Toolkit to do this. If you forget, you may open up - your installation to cross-site scripting attacks. - </para> - - <para> - Also note that Bugzilla adds a few filters of its own, that are not - in standard Template Toolkit. In particular, the 'url_quote' filter - can convert characters that are illegal or have special meaning in URLs, - such as &, to the encoded form, i.e. %26. This actually encodes most - characters (but not the common ones such as letters and numbers and so - on), including the HTML-special characters, so there's never a need to - HTML filter afterwards. - </para> - - <para> - Editing templates is a good way of doing a <quote>poor man's custom - fields</quote>. - For example, if you don't use the Status Whiteboard, but want to have - a free-form text entry box for <quote>Build Identifier</quote>, - then you can just - edit the templates to change the field labels. It's still be called - status_whiteboard internally, but your users don't need to know that. - </para> - - </section> - - - <section id="template-formats"> - <title>Template Formats and Types</title> - - <para> - Some CGI's have the ability to use more than one template. For example, - <filename>buglist.cgi</filename> can output itself as RDF, or as two - formats of HTML (complex and simple). The mechanism that provides this - feature is extensible. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla can support different types of output, which again can have - multiple formats. In order to request a certain type, you can append - the &ctype=<contenttype> (such as rdf or html) to the - <filename><cginame>.cgi</filename> URL. If you would like to - retrieve a certain format, you can use the &format=<format> - (such as simple or complex) in the URL. - </para> - - <para> - To see if a CGI supports multiple output formats and types, grep the - CGI for <quote>get_format</quote>. If it's not present, adding - multiple format/type support isn't too hard - see how it's done in - other CGIs, e.g. config.cgi. - </para> - - <para> - To make a new format template for a CGI which supports this, - open a current template for - that CGI and take note of the INTERFACE comment (if present.) This - comment defines what variables are passed into this template. If - there isn't one, I'm afraid you'll have to read the template and - the code to find out what information you get. - </para> - - <para> - Write your template in whatever markup or text style is appropriate. - </para> - - <para> - You now need to decide what content type you want your template - served as. The content types are defined in the - <filename>Bugzilla/Constants.pm</filename> file in the - <filename>contenttypes</filename> - constant. If your content type is not there, add it. Remember - the three- or four-letter tag assigned to your content type. - This tag will be part of the template filename. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - After adding or changing a content type, it's suitable to edit - <filename>Bugzilla/Constants.pm</filename> in order to reflect - the changes. Also, the file should be kept up to date after an - upgrade if content types have been customized in the past. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Save the template as <filename><stubname>-<formatname>.<contenttypetag>.tmpl</filename>. - Try out the template by calling the CGI as - <filename><cginame>.cgi?format=<formatname>&ctype=<type></filename> . - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="template-specific"> - <title>Particular Templates</title> - - <para> - There are a few templates you may be particularly interested in - customizing for your installation. - </para> - - <para> - <command>index.html.tmpl</command>: - This is the Bugzilla front page. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/header.html.tmpl</command>: - This defines the header that goes on all Bugzilla pages. - The header includes the banner, which is what appears to users - and is probably what you want to edit instead. However the - header also includes the HTML HEAD section, so you could for - example add a stylesheet or META tag by editing the header. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/banner.html.tmpl</command>: - This contains the <quote>banner</quote>, the part of the header - that appears - at the top of all Bugzilla pages. The default banner is reasonably - barren, so you'll probably want to customize this to give your - installation a distinctive look and feel. It is recommended you - preserve the Bugzilla version number in some form so the version - you are running can be determined, and users know what docs to read. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/footer.html.tmpl</command>: - This defines the footer that goes on all Bugzilla pages. Editing - this is another way to quickly get a distinctive look and feel for - your Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/variables.none.tmpl</command>: - This defines a list of terms that may be changed in order to - <quote>brand</quote> the Bugzilla instance In this way, terms - like <quote>bugs</quote> can be replaced with <quote>issues</quote> - across the whole Bugzilla installation. The name - <quote>Bugzilla</quote> and other words can be customized as well. - </para> - - <para> - <command>list/table.html.tmpl</command>: - This template controls the appearance of the bug lists created - by Bugzilla. Editing this template allows per-column control of - the width and title of a column, the maximum display length of - each entry, and the wrap behaviour of long entries. - For long bug lists, Bugzilla inserts a 'break' every 100 bugs by - default; this behaviour is also controlled by this template, and - that value can be modified here. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/create/user-message.html.tmpl</command>: - This is a message that appears near the top of the bug reporting page. - By modifying this, you can tell your users how they should report - bugs. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/process/midair.html.tmpl</command>: - This is the page used if two people submit simultaneous changes to the - same bug. The second person to submit their changes will get this page - to tell them what the first person did, and ask if they wish to - overwrite those changes or go back and revisit the bug. The default - title and header on this page read "Mid-air collision detected!" If - you work in the aviation industry, or other environment where this - might be found offensive (yes, we have true stories of this happening) - you'll want to change this to something more appropriate for your - environment. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/create/create.html.tmpl</command> and - <command>bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl</command>: - You may not wish to go to the effort of creating custom fields in - Bugzilla, yet you want to make sure that each bug report contains - a number of pieces of important information for which there is not - a special field. The bug entry system has been designed in an - extensible fashion to enable you to add arbitrary HTML widgets, - such as drop-down lists or textboxes, to the bug entry page - and have their values appear formatted in the initial comment. - A hidden field that indicates the format should be added inside - the form in order to make the template functional. Its value should - be the suffix of the template filename. For example, if the file - is called <filename>create-cust.html.tmpl</filename>, then - <programlisting><input type="hidden" name="format" value="cust"></programlisting> - should be used inside the form. - </para> - - <para> - An example of this is the mozilla.org - <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/enter_bug.cgi?product=WorldControl&format=guided">guided - bug submission form</ulink>. The code for this comes with the Bugzilla - distribution as an example for you to copy. It can be found in the - files - <filename>create-guided.html.tmpl</filename> and - <filename>comment-guided.html.tmpl</filename>. - </para> - - <para> - So to use this feature, create a custom template for - <filename>enter_bug.cgi</filename>. The default template, on which you - could base it, is - <filename>custom/bug/create/create.html.tmpl</filename>. - Call it <filename>create-<formatname>.html.tmpl</filename>, and - in it, add widgets for each piece of information you'd like - collected - such as a build number, or set of steps to reproduce. - </para> - - <para> - Then, create a template like - <filename>custom/bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl</filename>, and call it - <filename>comment-<formatname>.txt.tmpl</filename>. This - template should reference the form fields you have created using - the syntax <filename>[% form.<fieldname> %]</filename>. When a - bug report is - submitted, the initial comment attached to the bug report will be - formatted according to the layout of this template. - </para> - - <para> - For example, if your custom enter_bug template had a field - <programlisting><input type="text" name="buildid" size="30"></programlisting> - and then your comment.txt.tmpl had - <programlisting>BuildID: [% form.buildid %]</programlisting> - then something like - <programlisting>BuildID: 20020303</programlisting> - would appear in the initial comment. - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="template-http-accept"> - <title>Configuring Bugzilla to Detect the User's Language</title> - - <para>Bugzilla honours the user's Accept: HTTP header. You can install - templates in other languages, and Bugzilla will pick the most appropriate - according to a priority order defined by you. Many - language templates can be obtained from <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download.html#localizations"/>. Instructions - for submitting new languages are also available from that location. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="cust-hooks"> - <title>The Bugzilla Extension Mechanism</title> - - <warning> - <para> - Custom extensions require Template Toolkit version 2.12 or - above, or the application of a patch. See <ulink - url="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=239112">bug - 239112</ulink> for details. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - Extensions are a way for extensions to Bugzilla to insert code - into the standard Bugzilla templates and source files - without modifying these files themselves. The extension mechanism - defines a consistent API for extending the standard templates and source files - in a way that cleanly separates standard code from extension code. - Hooks reduce merge conflicts and make it easier to write extensions that work - across multiple versions of Bugzilla, making upgrading a Bugzilla installation - with installed extensions easier. Furthermore, they make it easy to install - and remove extensions as each extension is nothing more than a - simple directory structure. - </para> - - <para> - There are two main types of hooks: code hooks and template hooks. Code - hooks allow extensions to invoke code at specific points in various - source files, while template hooks allow extensions to add elements to - the Bugzilla user interface. - </para> - - <para> - A hook is just a named place in a standard source or template file - where extension source code or template files for that hook get processed. - Each extension has a corresponding directory in the Bugzilla directory - tree (<filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/extensions/extension_name</filename>). Hooking - an extension source file or template to a hook is as simple as putting - the extension file into extension's template or code directory. - When Bugzilla processes the source file or template and reaches the hook, - it will process all extension files in the hook's directory. - The hooks themselves can be added into any source file or standard template - upon request by extension authors. - </para> - - <para> - To use hooks to extend Bugzilla, first make sure there is - a hook at the appropriate place within the source file or template you - want to extend. The exact appearance of a hook depends on if the hook - is a code hook or a template hook. - </para> - - <para> - Code hooks appear in Bugzilla source files as a single method call - in the format <literal role="code">Bugzilla::Hook->process("<varname>name</varname>");</literal>. - For instance, <filename>enter_bug.cgi</filename> may invoke the hook - "<varname>enter_bug-entrydefaultvars</varname>". Thus, a source file at - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/extensions/EXTENSION_NAME/code/enter_bug-entrydefaultvars.pl</filename> - will be automatically invoked when the code hook is reached. - </para> - - <para> - Template hooks appear in the standard Bugzilla templates as a - single directive in the format - <literal role="code">[% Hook.process("<varname>name</varname>") %]</literal>, - where <varname>name</varname> is the unique name of the hook. - </para> - - <para> - If you aren't sure what you want to extend or just want to browse the - available hooks, either use your favorite multi-file search - tool (e.g. <command>grep</command>) to search the standard templates - for occurrences of <methodname>Hook.process</methodname> or the source - files for occurrences of <methodname>Bugzilla::Hook::process</methodname>. - </para> - - <para> - If there is no hook at the appropriate place within the Bugzilla - source file or template you want to extend, - <ulink url="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla&component=User%20Interface">file - a bug requesting one</ulink>, specifying: - </para> - - <simplelist> - <member>the source or template file for which you are - requesting a hook;</member> - <member> - where in the file you would like the hook to be placed - (line number/position for latest version of the file in CVS - or description of location); - </member> - <member>the purpose of the hook;</member> - <member>a link to information about your extension, if any.</member> - </simplelist> - - <para> - The Bugzilla reviewers will promptly review each hook request, - name the hook, add it to the template or source file, and check - the new version of the template into CVS. - </para> - - <para> - You may optionally attach a patch to the bug which implements the hook - and check it in yourself after receiving approval from a Bugzilla - reviewer. The developers may suggest changes to the location of the - hook based on their analysis of your needs or so the hook can satisfy - the needs of multiple extensions, but the process of getting hooks - approved and checked in is not as stringent as the process for general - changes to Bugzilla, and any extension, whether released or still in - development, can have hooks added to meet their needs. - </para> - - <para> - After making sure the hook you need exists (or getting it added if not), - add your extension to the directory within the Bugzilla - extensions tree corresponding to the hook. - </para> - - <para> - That's it! Now, when the source file or template containing the hook - is processed, your extension file will be processed at the point - where the hook appears. - </para> - - <para> - For example, let's say you have an extension named Projman that adds - project management capabilities to Bugzilla. Projman has an - administration interface <filename>edit-projects.cgi</filename>, - and you want to add a link to it into the navigation bar at the bottom - of every Bugzilla page for those users who are authorized - to administer projects. - </para> - - <para> - The navigation bar is generated by the template file - <filename>useful-links.html.tmpl</filename>, which is located in - the <filename>global/</filename> subdirectory on the standard Bugzilla - template path - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/template/en/default/</filename>. - Looking in <filename>useful-links.html.tmpl</filename>, you find - the following hook at the end of the list of standard Bugzilla - administration links: - </para> - - <programlisting><![CDATA[... - [% ', <a href="editkeywords.cgi">keywords</a>' - IF user.groups.editkeywords %] - [% Hook.process("edit") %] -...]]></programlisting> - - <para> - The corresponding extension file for this hook is - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/extensions/projman/template/en/hook/global/useful-links-edit.html.tmpl</filename>. - You then create that template file and add the following constant: - </para> - - <programlisting><![CDATA[...[% ', <a href="edit-projects.cgi">projects</a>' IF user.groups.projman_admins %]]]></programlisting> - - <para> - Voila! The link now appears after the other administration links in the - navigation bar for users in the <literal>projman_admins</literal> group. - </para> - - <para> - Now, let us say your extension adds a custom "project_manager" field - to enter_bug.cgi. You want to modify the CGI script to set the default - project manager to be productname@company.com. Looking at - <filename>enter_bug.cgi</filename>, you see the enter_bug-entrydefaultvars - hook near the bottom of the file before the default form values are set. - The corresponding extension source file for this hook is located at - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/extensions/projman/code/enter_bug-entrydefaultvars.pl</filename>. - You then create that file and add the following: - </para> - - <programlisting>$default{'project_manager'} = $product.'@company.com';</programlisting> - - <para> - This code will be invoked whenever enter_bug.cgi is executed. - Assuming that the rest of the customization was completed (e.g. the - custom field was added to the enter_bug template and the required hooks - were used in process_bug.cgi), the new field will now have this - default value. - </para> - - <para> - Notes: - </para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If your extension includes entirely new templates in addition to - extensions of standard templates, it should store those new - templates in its - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/extensions/template/en/</filename> - directory. Extension template directories, like the - <filename>default/</filename> and <filename>custom/</filename> - directories, are part of the template search path, so putting templates - there enables them to be found by the template processor. - </para> - - <para> - The template processor looks for templates first in the - <filename>custom/</filename> directory (i.e. templates added by the - specific installation), then in the <filename>extensions/</filename> - directory (i.e. templates added by extensions), and finally in the - <filename>default/</filename> directory (i.e. the standard Bugzilla - templates). Thus, installation-specific templates override both - default and extension templates. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you are looking to customize Bugzilla, you can also take advantage - of template hooks. To do so, create a directory in - <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/template/en/custom/hook/</filename> - that corresponds to the hook you wish to use, then place your - customization templates into those directories. For example, - if you wanted to use the hook "end" in - <filename>global/useful-links.html.tmpl</filename>, you would - create the directory <filename>BUGZILLA_ROOT/template/en/custom/hook/ - global/useful-links.html.tmpl/end/</filename> and add your customization - template to this directory. - </para> - - <para> - Obviously this method of customizing Bugzilla only lets you add code - to the standard source files and templates; you cannot change the - existing code. Nevertheless, for those customizations that only add - code, this method can reduce conflicts when merging changes, - making upgrading your customized Bugzilla installation easier. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="cust-change-permissions"> - <title>Customizing Who Can Change What</title> - - <warning> - <para> - This feature should be considered experimental; the Bugzilla code you - will be changing is not stable, and could change or move between - versions. Be aware that if you make modifications as outlined here, - you may have - to re-make them or port them if Bugzilla changes internally between - versions, and you upgrade. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - Companies often have rules about which employees, or classes of employees, - are allowed to change certain things in the bug system. For example, - only the bug's designated QA Contact may be allowed to VERIFY the bug. - Bugzilla has been - designed to make it easy for you to write your own custom rules to define - who is allowed to make what sorts of value transition. - </para> - - <para> - By default, assignees, QA owners and users - with <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> privileges can edit all fields of bugs, - except group restrictions (unless they are members of the groups they - are trying to change). Bug reporters also have the ability to edit some - fields, but in a more restrictive manner. Other users, without - <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> privileges, can not edit - bugs, except to comment and add themselves to the CC list. - </para> - - <para> - For maximum flexibility, customizing this means editing Bugzilla's Perl - code. This gives the administrator complete control over exactly who is - allowed to do what. The relevant method is called - <filename>check_can_change_field()</filename>, - and is found in <filename>Bug.pm</filename> in your - Bugzilla/ directory. If you open that file and search for - <quote>sub check_can_change_field</quote>, you'll find it. - </para> - - <para> - This function has been carefully commented to allow you to see exactly - how it works, and give you an idea of how to make changes to it. - Certain marked sections should not be changed - these are - the <quote>plumbing</quote> which makes the rest of the function work. - In between those sections, you'll find snippets of code like: - <programlisting> # Allow the assignee to change anything. - if ($ownerid eq $whoid) { - return 1; - }</programlisting> - It's fairly obvious what this piece of code does. - </para> - - <para> - So, how does one go about changing this function? Well, simple changes - can be made just by removing pieces - for example, if you wanted to - prevent any user adding a comment to a bug, just remove the lines marked - <quote>Allow anyone to change comments.</quote> If you don't want the - Reporter to have any special rights on bugs they have filed, just - remove the entire section that deals with the Reporter. - </para> - - <para> - More complex customizations are not much harder. Basically, you add - a check in the right place in the function, i.e. after all the variables - you are using have been set up. So, don't look at $ownerid before - $ownerid has been obtained from the database. You can either add a - positive check, which returns 1 (allow) if certain conditions are true, - or a negative check, which returns 0 (deny.) E.g.: - <programlisting> if ($field eq "qacontact") { - if (Bugzilla->user->groups("quality_assurance")) { - return 1; - } - else { - return 0; - } - }</programlisting> - This says that only users in the group "quality_assurance" can change - the QA Contact field of a bug. - </para> - - <para> - Getting more weird: - <programlisting><![CDATA[ if (($field eq "priority") && - (Bugzilla->user->email =~ /.*\@example\.com$/)) - { - if ($oldvalue eq "P1") { - return 1; - } - else { - return 0; - } - }]]></programlisting> - This says that if the user is trying to change the priority field, - and their email address is @example.com, they can only do so if the - old value of the field was "P1". Not very useful, but illustrative. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - If you are modifying <filename>process_bug.cgi</filename> in any - way, do not change the code that is bounded by DO_NOT_CHANGE blocks. - Doing so could compromise security, or cause your installation to - stop working entirely. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - For a list of possible field names, look at the bugs table in the - database. If you need help writing custom rules for your organization, - ask in the newsgroup. - </para> - </section> - - <!-- Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools --> - &integration; - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/dbschema.mysql b/docs/xml/dbschema.mysql deleted file mode 100644 index 8b1378917..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/dbschema.mysql +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ - diff --git a/docs/xml/faq.xml b/docs/xml/faq.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 22f0144ab..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/faq.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1659 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> - -<appendix id="faq"> - <title>The Bugzilla FAQ</title> - - <para> - This FAQ includes questions not covered elsewhere in the Guide. - </para> - - <qandaset> - - - <qandadiv id="faq-general"> - <title>General Questions</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-tryout"> - <para> - Can I try out Bugzilla somewhere? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - If you want to take a test ride, there are test installations - at <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/"/>, - ready to play with directly from your browser. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-license"> - <para> - What license is Bugzilla distributed under? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Bugzilla is covered by the Mozilla Public License. - See details at <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-support"> - <para> - How do I get commercial support for Bugzilla? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/support/consulting.html"/> - is a list of companies and individuals who have asked us to - list them as consultants for Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - There are several experienced - Bugzilla hackers on the mailing list/newsgroup who are willing - to make themselves available for generous compensation. - Try sending a message to the mailing list asking for a volunteer. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-companies"> - <para> - What major companies or projects are currently using Bugzilla - for bug-tracking? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - There are <emphasis>dozens</emphasis> of major companies with public - Bugzilla sites to track bugs in their products. We have a fairly - complete list available on our website at - <ulink url="http://bugzilla.org/installation-list/"/>. If you - have an installation of Bugzilla and would like to be added to the - list, whether it's a public install or not, simply e-mail - Gerv <email>gerv@mozilla.org</email>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-maintainers"> - <para> - Who maintains Bugzilla? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - A <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/developers/profiles.html">core - team</ulink>, led by Dave Miller (justdave@bugzilla.org). - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-compare"> - <para> - How does Bugzilla stack up against other bug-tracking databases? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - We can't find any head-to-head comparisons of Bugzilla against - other defect-tracking software. If you know of one, please get - in touch. In the experience of Matthew Barnson (the original - author of this FAQ), though, Bugzilla offers superior - performance on commodity hardware, better price (free!), more - developer-friendly features (such as stored queries, email - integration, and platform independence), improved scalability, - greater flexibility, and superior ease-of-use when compared - to commercial bug-tracking software. - </para> - <para> - If you happen to be a vendor for commercial bug-tracking - software, and would like to submit a list of advantages your - product has over Bugzilla, simply send it to - <email>documentation@bugzilla.org</email> and we'd be happy to - include the comparison in our documentation. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-bzmissing"> - <para> - Why doesn't Bugzilla offer this or that feature or compatibility - with this other tracking software? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - It may be that the support has not been built yet, or that you - have not yet found it. While Bugzilla makes strides in usability, - customizability, scalability, and user interface with each release, - that doesn't mean it can't still use improvement! - </para> - <para> - The best way to make an enhancement request is to <ulink - url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla">file - a bug at bugzilla.mozilla.org</ulink> and set the Severity - to 'enhancement'. Your 'request for enhancement' (RFE) will - start out in the UNCONFIRMED state, and will stay there until - someone with the ability to CONFIRM the bug reviews it. - If that person feels it to be a good request that fits in with - Bugzilla's overall direction, the status will be changed to - NEW; if not, they will probably explain why and set the bug - to RESOLVED/WONTFIX. If someone else has made the same (or - almost the same) request before, your request will be marked - RESOLVED/DUPLICATE, and a pointer to the previous RFE will be - added. - </para> - <para> - Even if your RFE gets approved, that doesn't mean it's going - to make it right into the next release; there are a limited - number of developers, and a whole lot of RFEs... some of - which are <emphasis>quite</emphasis> complex. If you're a - code-hacking sort of person, you can help the project along - by making a patch yourself that supports the functionality - you require. If you have never contributed anything to - Bugzilla before, please be sure to read the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html">Developers' Guide</ulink> - and - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/contributor.html">Contributors' Guide</ulink> - before going ahead. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-db"> - <para> - What databases does Bugzilla run on? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - MySQL is the default database for Bugzilla. It was originally chosen - because it is free, easy to install, and was available for the hardware - Netscape intended to run it on. - </para> - <para> - As of Bugzilla 2.22, complete support for PostgreSQL - is included. With this release using PostgreSQL with Bugzilla - should be as stable as using MySQL. If you experience any problems - with PostgreSQL compatibility, they will be taken as - seriously as if you were running MySQL. - </para> - <para> - There are plans to include an Oracle driver for Bugzilla 3.1.2. - Track progress at - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=189947"> - Bug 189947</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - Sybase support was worked on for a time. However, several - complicating factors have prevented Sybase support from - being realized. There are currently no plans to revive it. - </para> - <para> - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=237862"> - Bug 237862</ulink> is a good bug to read through if you'd - like to see what progress is being made on general database - compatibility. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-perlpath"> - <para> - My perl is located at <filename>/usr/local/bin/perl</filename> - and not <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>. Is there an easy - to change that in all the files that have this hard-coded? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The easiest way to get around this is to create a link from - one to the other: - <command>ln -s /usr/local/bin/perl /usr/bin/perl</command>. - If that's not an option for you, the following bit of perl - magic will change all the shebang lines (that is to say, - the line at the top of each file that starts with '#!' - and contains the path) to something else: - </para> - <programlisting> -perl -pi -e 's@#\!/usr/bin/perl@#\!/usr/local/bin/perl@' *cgi *pl - </programlisting> - <para> - Sadly, this command-line won't work on Windows unless you - also have Cygwin. However, MySQL comes with a binary called - <command>replace</command> which can do the job: - </para> - <programlisting> -C:\mysql\bin\replace "#!/usr/bin/perl" "#!C:\perl\bin\perl" -- *.cgi *.pl - </programlisting> - <note> - <para> - If your perl path is something else again, just follow the - above examples and replace - <filename>/usr/local/bin/perl</filename> with your own perl path. - </para> - </note> - <para> - Once you've modified all your files, you'll also need to modify the - <filename>t/002goodperl.t</filename> test, as it tests that all - shebang lines are equal to <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>. - (For more information on the test suite, please check out the - appropriate section in the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html#testsuite">Developers' - Guide</ulink>.) Having done this, run the test itself: - <programlisting> - perl runtests.pl 2 --verbose - </programlisting> - to ensure that you've modified all the relevant files. - </para> - <para> - If using Apache on Windows, you can avoid the whole problem - by setting the <ulink - url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource"> - ScriptInterpreterSource</ulink> directive to 'Registry'. - (If using Apache 2 or higher, set it to 'Registry-Strict'.) - ScriptInterperterSource requires a registry entry - <quote>HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.cgi\Shell\ExecCGI\Command</quote> to - associate .cgi files with your perl executable. If one does - not already exist, create it with a default value of - <quote><full path to perl> -T</quote>, e.g. - <quote>C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe -T</quote>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-cookie"> - <para> - Is there an easy way to change the Bugzilla cookie name? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - At present, no. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-general-selinux"> - <para> - How can Bugzilla be made to work under SELinux? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - As a web application, Bugzilla simply requires its root - directory to have the httpd context applied for it to work - properly under SELinux. This should happen automatically - on distributions that use SELinux and that package Bugzilla - (if it is installed with the native package management tools). - Information on how to view and change SELinux file contexts - can be found at the - <ulink url="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/selinux-faq-fc5/"> - SELinux FAQ</ulink>. - - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-phb"> - <title>Managerial Questions</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-client"> - <para> - Is Bugzilla web-based, or do you have to have specific software or - a specific operating system on your machine? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - It is web and e-mail based. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-priorities"> - <para> - Does Bugzilla allow us to define our own priorities and levels? - Do we have complete freedom to change the labels of fields and - format of them, and the choice of acceptable values? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. However, modifying some fields, notably those related to bug - progression states, also require adjusting the program logic to - compensate for the change. - </para> - <para> - As of Bugzilla 3.0 custom fields can be created via the - "Custom Fields" admin page. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-reporting"> - <para> - Does Bugzilla provide any reporting features, metrics, graphs, - etc? You know, the type of stuff that management likes to see. :) - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. Look at <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/report.cgi"/> - for samples of what Bugzilla can do in reporting and graphing. - Fuller documentation is provided in <xref linkend="reporting"/>. - </para> - <para> - If you can not get the reports you want from the included reporting - scripts, it is possible to hook up a professional reporting package - such as Crystal Reports using ODBC. If you choose to do this, - beware that giving direct access to the database does contain some - security implications. Even if you give read-only access to the - bugs database it will bypass the secure bugs features of Bugzilla. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-email"> - <para> - Is there email notification? If so, what do you see - when you get an email? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Email notification is user-configurable. By default, the bug id - and summary of the bug report accompany each email notification, - along with a list of the changes made. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-emailapp"> - <para> - Do users have to have any particular type of email application? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Bugzilla email is sent in plain text, the most compatible - mail format on the planet. - <note> - <para> - If you decide to use the bugzilla_email integration features - to allow Bugzilla to record responses to mail with the - associated bug, you may need to caution your users to set - their mailer to <quote>respond to messages in the format in - which they were sent</quote>. For security reasons Bugzilla - ignores HTML tags in comments, and if a user sends HTML-based - email into Bugzilla the resulting comment looks downright awful. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-data"> - <para> - Does Bugzilla allow data to be imported and exported? If I had - outsiders write up a bug report using a MS Word bug template, - could that template be imported into <quote>matching</quote> - fields? If I wanted to take the results of a query and export - that data to MS Excel, could I do that? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Bugzilla can output buglists as HTML (the default), CSV or RDF. - The link for CSV can be found at the bottom of the buglist in HTML - format. This CSV format can easily be imported into MS Excel or - other spreadsheet applications. - </para> - <para> - To use the RDF format of the buglist it is necessary to append a - <computeroutput>&ctype=rdf</computeroutput> to the URL. RDF - is meant to be machine readable and thus it is assumed that the - URL would be generated programmatically so there is no user visible - link to this format. - </para> - <para> - Currently the only script included with Bugzilla that can import - data is <filename>importxml.pl</filename> which is intended to be - used for importing the data generated by the XML ctype of - <filename>show_bug.cgi</filename> in association with bug moving. - Any other use is left as an exercise for the user. - </para> - <para> - There are also scripts included in the <filename>contrib/</filename> - directory for using e-mail to import information into Bugzilla, - but these scripts are not currently supported and included for - educational purposes. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-l10n"> - <para> - Has anyone converted Bugzilla to another language to be - used in other countries? Is it localizable? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. For more information including available translated templates, - see <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download.html#localizations"/>. - Some admin interfaces have been templatized (for easy localization) - but many of them are still available in English only. Also, there - may be issues with the charset not being declared. See <ulink - url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=126266">bug 126226</ulink> - for more information. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-reports"> - <para> - Can a user create and save reports? - Can they do this in Word format? Excel format? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. No. Yes (using the CSV format). - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-backup"> - <para> - Are there any backup features provided? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You should use the backup options supplied by your database platform. - Vendor documentation for backing up a MySQL database can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/B/a/Backup.html"/>. - PostgreSQL backup documentation can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.0/static/backup.html"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-maintenance"> - <para> - What type of human resources are needed to be on staff to install - and maintain Bugzilla? Specifically, what type of skills does the - person need to have? I need to find out what types of individuals - would we need to hire and how much would that cost if we were to - go with Bugzilla vs. buying an <quote>out-of-the-box</quote> - solution. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - If Bugzilla is set up correctly from the start, continuing - maintenance needs are minimal and can be done easily using - the web interface. - </para> - <para> - Commercial Bug-tracking software typically costs somewhere - upwards of $20,000 or more for 5-10 floating licenses. Bugzilla - consultation is available from skilled members of the newsgroup. - Simple questions are answered there and then. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-installtime"> - <para> - What time frame are we looking at if we decide to hire people - to install and maintain the Bugzilla? Is this something that - takes hours or days to install and a couple of hours per week - to maintain and customize, or is this a multi-week install process, - plus a full time job for 1 person, 2 people, etc? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - It all depends on your level of commitment. Someone with much - Bugzilla experience can get you up and running in less than a day, - and your Bugzilla install can run untended for years. If your - Bugzilla strategy is critical to your business workflow, hire - somebody to who has reasonable Perl skills, and a familiarity - with the operating system on which Bugzilla will be running, - and have them handle your process management, bug-tracking - maintenance, and local customization. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-cost"> - <para> - Is there any licensing fee or other fees for using Bugzilla? Any - out-of-pocket cost other than the bodies needed as identified above? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - No. Bugzilla, Perl, the Template Toolkit, and all other support - software needed to make Bugzilla work can be downloaded for free. - MySQL and PostgreSQL -- the databases supported by Bugzilla -- - are also open-source. MySQL asks that if you find their product - valuable, you purchase a support contract from them that suits your needs. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-phb-renameBugs"> - <para> - We don't like referring to problems as 'bugs'. Can we change that? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes! As of Bugzilla 2.18, it is a simple matter to change the - word 'bug' into whatever word/phrase is used by your organization. - See the documentation on Customization for more details, - specifically <xref linkend="template-specific"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-admin"> - <title>Administrative Questions</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-midair"> - <para> - Does Bugzilla provide record locking when there is simultaneous - access to the same bug? Does the second person get a notice - that the bug is in use or how are they notified? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Bugzilla does not lock records. It provides mid-air collision - detection -- which means that it warns a user when a commit is - about to conflict with commits recently made by another user, - and offers the second user a choice of options to deal with - the conflict. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-livebackup"> - <para> - Can users be on the system while a backup is in progress? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Refer to your database platform documentation for details on how to do hot - backups. - Vendor documentation for backing up a MySQL database can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/B/a/Backup.html"/>. - PostgreSQL backup documentation can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.0/static/backup.html"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-cvsupdate"> - <para> - How can I update the code and the database using CVS? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Make a backup of both your Bugzilla directory and the - database. For the Bugzilla directory this is as easy as - doing <command>cp -rp bugzilla bugzilla.bak</command>. - For the database, there's a number of options - see the - MySQL docs and pick the one that fits you best (the easiest - is to just make a physical copy of the database on the disk, - but you have to have the database server shut down to do - that without risking dataloss). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Make the Bugzilla directory your current directory. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Use <command>cvs -q update -AdP</command> if you want to - update to the tip or - <command>cvs -q update -dP -rTAGNAME</command> - if you want a specific version (in that case you'll have to - replace TAGNAME with a CVS tag name such as BUGZILLA-2_16_5). - </para> - - <para> - If you've made no local changes, this should be very clean. - If you have made local changes, then watch the cvs output - for C results. If you get any lines that start with a C - it means there were conflicts between your local changes - and what's in CVS. You'll need to fix those manually before - continuing. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - After resolving any conflicts that the cvs update operation - generated, running <command>./checksetup.pl</command> will - take care of updating the database for you as well as any - other changes required for the new version to operate. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Once you run checksetup.pl, the only way to go back is - to restore the database backups. You can't - <quote>downgrade</quote> the system cleanly under most - circumstances. - </para> - </warning> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - See also the instructions in <xref linkend="upgrade-cvs"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-enable-unconfirmed"> - <para> - How do I make it so that bugs can have an UNCONFIRMED status? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - To use the UNCONFIRMED status, you must have the 'usevotes' - parameter set to <quote>On</quote>. You must then visit the - <filename>editproducts.cgi</filename> page and set the <quote> - Number of votes a bug in this product needs to automatically - get out of the UNCONFIRMED state</quote> to be a non-zero number. - (You will have to do this for each product that wants to use - the UNCONFIRMED state.) If you do not actually want users to be - able to vote for bugs entered against this product, leave the - <quote>Maximum votes per person</quote> value at '0'. - </para> - <para> - There is work being done to decouple the UNCONFIRMED state from - the 'usevotes' parameter for future versions of Bugzilla. - Follow the discussion and progress at <ulink - url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=162060">bug - 162060</ulink>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-moving"> - <para> - How do I move a Bugzilla installation from one machine to another? - </para> - </question> - - <answer> - <para> - Reference your database vendor's documentation for information on - backing up and restoring your Bugzilla database on to a different server. - Vendor documentation for backing up a MySQL database can be found at - <ulink url="http://dev.mysql.com/doc/mysql/en/mysqldump.html"/>. - PostgreSQL backup documentation can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.0/static/backup.html"/>. - </para> - - <para> - On your new machine, follow the instructions found in <xref - linkend="installing-bugzilla"/> as far as setting up the physical - environment of the new machine with perl, webserver, modules, etc. - Having done that, you can either: copy your entire Bugzilla - directory from the old machine to a new one (if you want to keep - your existing code and modifications), or download a newer version - (if you are planning to upgrade at the same time). Even if you are - upgrading to clean code, you will still want to bring over the - <filename>localconfig</filename> file, and the - <filename class="directory">data</filename> directory from the - old machine, as they contain configuration information that you - probably won't want to re-create. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If the hostname or port number of your database server changed - as part of the move, you'll need to update the appropriate - variables in localconfig before taking the next step. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Once you have your code in place, and your database has - been restored from the backup you made in step 1, run - <command>checksetup.pl</command>. This will upgrade your - database (if necessary), rebuild your templates, etc. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-admin-makeadmin"> - <para> - How do I make a new Bugzilla administrator? - The previous administrator is gone... - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Run <command>checksetup.pl</command> with - <option>--make-admin</option> option. - Its usage is <option>--make-admin=user@example.org</option>. - The user account must be exist in the Bugzilla database. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-security"> - <title>Bugzilla Security</title> - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-security-mysql"> - <para> - How do I completely disable MySQL security if it's giving - me problems? (I've followed the instructions in the installation - section of this guide...) - </para> - </question> - - <answer> - <para> - You can run MySQL like this: <command>mysqld --skip-grant-tables</command>. - However, doing so disables all MySQL security. This is a bad idea. - Please consult <xref linkend="security-mysql"/> of this guide - and the MySQL documentation for better solutions. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-security-knownproblems"> - <para> - Are there any security problems with Bugzilla? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The Bugzilla code has undergone a reasonably complete security - audit, and user-facing CGIs run under Perl's taint mode. However, - it is recommended that you closely examine permissions on your - Bugzilla installation, and follow the recommended security - guidelines found in The Bugzilla Guide. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-email"> - <title>Bugzilla Email</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-nomail"> - <para> - I have a user who doesn't want to receive any more email - from Bugzilla. How do I stop it entirely for this user? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The user can stop Bugzilla from sending any mail by unchecking - all boxes on the 'Edit prefs' -> 'Email settings' page. - (As of 2.18,this is made easier by the addition of a 'Disable - All Mail' button.) Alternately, you can add their email address - to the <filename>data/nomail</filename> file (one email address - per line). This will override their personal preferences, and - they will never be sent mail again. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-testing"> - <para> - I'm evaluating/testing Bugzilla, and don't want it to send email - to anyone but me. How do I do it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - To disable email, set the - <option>mail_delivery_method</option> parameter to - <literal>none</literal> (2.20 and later), or - <programlisting>$enableSendMail</programlisting> parameter to '0' - in either <filename>BugMail.pm</filename> (2.18 and later) or - <filename>processmail</filename> (up to 2.16.x). - </para> - <note> - <para> - Up to 2.16.x, changing - <programlisting>$enableSendMail</programlisting> - will only affect bugmail; email related to password changes, - email address changes, bug imports, flag changes, etc. will - still be sent out. As of the final release of 2.18, however, - the above step will disable <emphasis>all</emphasis> mail - sent from Bugzilla for any purpose. - </para> - </note> - <para> - To have bugmail (and only bugmail) redirected to you instead of - its intended recipients, leave - <programlisting>$enableSendMail</programlisting> alone; - instead, edit the <quote>newchangedmail</quote> parameter - as follows: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Replace <quote>To:</quote> with <quote>X-Real-To:</quote> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Replace <quote>Cc:</quote> with <quote>X-Real-CC:</quote> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Add a <quote>To: %lt;your_email_address></quote> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-whine"> - <para> - I want whineatnews.pl to whine at something other than new and - reopened bugs. How do I do it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - For older versions of Bugzilla, you may be able to apply - Klaas Freitag's patch for <quote>whineatassigned</quote>, - which can be found in - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6679">bug - 6679</ulink>. Note that this patch was made in 2000, so it may take - some work to apply cleanly to any releases of Bugzilla newer than - that, but you can use it as a starting point. - </para> - - <para> - An updated (and much-expanded) version of this functionality is - due to be released as part of Bugzilla 2.20; see - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=185090">bug - 185090</ulink> for the discussion, and for more up-to-date patches - if you just can't wait. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-in"> - <para> - How do I set up the email interface to submit or change bugs via email? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Bugzilla 3.0 and later offers the ability submit or change - bugs via email, using the <filename>email_in.pl</filename> - script within the root directory of the Bugzilla installation. - More information on the script can be found in - <ulink url="api/email_in.html">docs/html/api/email_in.html</ulink>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-sendmailnow"> - <para> - Email takes FOREVER to reach me from Bugzilla -- it's - extremely slow. What gives? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - If you are using <application>sendmail</application>, try - enabling <option>sendmailnow</option> in - <filename>editparams.cgi</filename>. For earlier versions of - <application>sendmail</application>, one could achieve - significant performance improvement in the UI (at the cost of - delaying the sending of mail) by setting this parameter to - <literal>off</literal>. Sites with - <application>sendmail</application> version 8.12 (or higher) - should leave this <literal>on</literal>, as they will not see - any performance benefit. - </para> - <para> - If you are using an alternate - <glossterm linkend="gloss-mta">MTA</glossterm>, make sure the - options given in <filename>Bugzilla/BugMail.pm</filename> - and any other place where <application>sendmail</application> - is called are correct for your MTA. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-email-nonreceived"> - <para> - How come email from Bugzilla changes never reaches me? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Double-check that you have not turned off email in your user - preferences. Confirm that Bugzilla is able to send email by - visiting the <quote>Log In</quote> link of your Bugzilla - installation and clicking the <quote>Submit Request</quote> - button after entering your email address. - </para> - <para> - If you never receive mail from Bugzilla, chances are you do - not have sendmail in "/usr/lib/sendmail". Ensure sendmail - lives in, or is symlinked to, "/usr/lib/sendmail". - </para> - <para> - If you are using an MTA other than - <application>sendmail</application> the - <option>sendmailnow</option> param must be set to - <literal>on</literal> or no mail will be sent. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-db"> - <title>Bugzilla Database</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-db-corrupted"> - <para> - I think my database might be corrupted, or contain - invalid entries. What do I do? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Run the <quote>sanity check</quote> utility - (<filename>sanitycheck.cgi</filename>) from your web browser - to see! If it finishes without errors, you're - <emphasis>probably</emphasis> OK. If it doesn't come back - OK (i.e. any red letters), there are certain things - Bugzilla can recover from and certain things it can't. If - it can't auto-recover, I hope you're familiar with - mysqladmin commands or have installed another way to - manage your database. Sanity Check, although it is a good - basic check on your database integrity, by no means is a - substitute for competent database administration and - avoiding deletion of data. It is not exhaustive, and was - created to do a basic check for the most common problems - in Bugzilla databases. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-db-manualedit"> - <para> - I want to manually edit some entries in my database. How? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - There is no facility in Bugzilla itself to do this. It's also - generally not a smart thing to do if you don't know exactly what - you're doing. If you understand SQL, though, you can use the - <command>mysql</command> or <command>psql</command> command line - utilities to manually insert, delete and modify table information. - There are also more intuitive GUI clients available for both MySQL - and PostgreSQL. For MySQL, we recommend - <ulink url="http://www.phpmyadmin.net/">phpMyAdmin</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - Remember, backups are your friend. Everyone makes mistakes, and - it's nice to have a safety net in case you mess something up. - </para> - - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-db-permissions"> - <para> - I think I've set up MySQL permissions correctly, but Bugzilla still - can't connect. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Try running MySQL from its binary: - <command>mysqld --skip-grant-tables</command>. - This will allow you to completely rule out grant tables as the - cause of your frustration. If this Bugzilla is able to connect - at this point then you need to check that you have granted proper - permission to the user password combo defined in - <filename>localconfig</filename>. - </para> - <warning> - <para> - Running MySQL with this command line option is very insecure and - should only be done when not connected to the external network - as a troubleshooting step. Please do not run your production - database in this mode. - </para> - </warning> - <para> - You may also be suffering from a client version mismatch: - </para> - <para> - MySQL 4.1 and up uses an authentication protocol based on - a password hashing algorithm that is incompatible with that - used by older clients. If you upgrade the server to 4.1, - attempts to connect to it with an older client may fail - with the following message: - </para> - <para> - <screen><prompt>shell></prompt> mysql - Client does not support authentication protocol requested - by server; consider upgrading MySQL client - </screen> - </para> - <para> - To solve this problem, you should use one of the following - approaches: - </para> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Upgrade all client programs to use a 4.1.1 or newer - client library. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When connecting to the server with a pre-4.1 client - program, use an account that still has a - pre-4.1-style password. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Reset the password to pre-4.1 style for each user - that needs to use a pre-4.1 client program. - This can be done using the SET PASSWORD statement - and the OLD_PASSWORD() function: - <screen> - <prompt>mysql></prompt> SET PASSWORD FOR - <prompt> -></prompt> ' some_user '@' some_host ' = OLD_PASSWORD(' newpwd '); - </screen> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - - - <para> - </para> - - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-db-synchronize"> - <para> - How do I synchronize bug information among multiple - different Bugzilla databases? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Well, you can synchronize or you can move bugs. - Synchronization will only work one way -- you can create - a read-only copy of the database at one site, and have it - regularly updated at intervals from the main database. - </para> - <para> - MySQL has some synchronization features built-in to the - latest releases. It would be great if someone looked into - the possibilities there and provided a report to the - newsgroup on how to effectively synchronize two Bugzilla - installations. - </para> - <para> - If you simply need to transfer bugs from one Bugzilla to another, - checkout the <quote>move.pl</quote> script in the Bugzilla - distribution. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-nt"> - <title>Can Bugzilla run on a Windows server?</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-nt-easiest"> - <para> - What is the easiest way to run Bugzilla on Win32 (Win98+/NT/2K)? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Making Bugzilla work easily with Windows - was one of the major goals of the 2.18 milestone. If the - necessary components are in place (perl, a webserver, an MTA, etc.) - then installation of Bugzilla on a Windows box should be no more - difficult than on any other platform. As with any installation, - we recommend that you carefully and completely follow the - installation instructions in <xref linkend="os-win32"/>. - </para> - <para> - While doing so, don't forget to check out the very excellent guide - to <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/win32install.html"> - Installing Bugzilla on Microsoft Windows</ulink> written by - Byron Jones. Thanks, Byron! - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-nt-bundle"> - <para> - Is there a "Bundle::Bugzilla" equivalent for Win32? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Not currently. Bundle::Bugzilla enormously simplifies Bugzilla - installation on UNIX systems. If someone can volunteer to - create a suitable PPM bundle for Win32, it would be appreciated. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-nt-mappings"> - <para> - CGI's are failing with a <quote>something.cgi is not a valid - Windows NT application</quote> error. Why? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Depending on what Web server you are using, you will have to - configure the Web server to treat *.cgi files as CGI scripts. - In IIS, you do this by adding *.cgi to the App Mappings with - the <path>\perl.exe %s %s as the executable. - </para> - <para> - Microsoft has some advice on this matter, as well: - <blockquote> - <para> - <quote>Set application mappings. In the ISM, map the extension - for the script file(s) to the executable for the script - interpreter. For example, you might map the extension .py to - Python.exe, the executable for the Python script interpreter. - Note For the ActiveState Perl script interpreter, the extension - '.pl' is associated with PerlIS.dll by default. If you want - to change the association of .pl to perl.exe, you need to - change the application mapping. In the mapping, you must add - two percent (%) characters to the end of the pathname for - perl.exe, as shown in this example: - <command>c:\perl\bin\perl.exe %s %s</command></quote> - </para> - </blockquote> - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-nt-dbi"> - <para> - I'm having trouble with the perl modules for NT not being - able to talk to the database. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Your modules may be outdated or inaccurate. Try: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Hitting <ulink url="http://www.activestate.com/ActivePerl"/> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Download ActivePerl - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Go to your prompt - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Type 'ppm' - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <prompt>PPM></prompt> <command>install DBI DBD-mysql GD</command> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - I reckon TimeDate comes with the activeperl. - You can check the ActiveState site for packages for installation - through PPM. <ulink url="http://www.activestate.com/Packages/"/>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-use"> - <title>Bugzilla Usage</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-changeaddress"> - <para> - How do I change my user name (email address) in Bugzilla? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You can change your email address from the Name and Password - section in Preferences. You will be emailed at both the old - and new addresses for confirmation. 'Administrative Policies' - must have the 'allowemailchange' parameter set to <quote>On</quote>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-query"> - <para> - The query page is very confusing. - Isn't there a simpler way to query? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The interface was simplified by a UI designer for 2.16. Further - suggestions for improvement are welcome, but we won't sacrifice - power for simplicity. - </para> - <para> - As of 2.18, there is also a 'simpler' search available. At the top - of the search page are two links; <quote>Advanced Search</quote> - will take you to the familiar full-power/full-complexity search - page. The <quote>Find a Specific Bug</quote> link will take you - to a much-simplified page where you can pick a product and - status (open,closed, or both), then enter words that appear in - the bug you want to find. This search will scour the 'Summary' - and 'Comment' fields, and return a list of bugs sorted so that - the bugs with the most hits/matches are nearer to the top. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Matches in the Summary will 'trump' matches in comments, - and bugs with summary-matches will be placed higher in - the buglist -- even if a lower-ranked bug has more matches - in the comments section. - </para> - </note> - <para> - Bugzilla uses a cookie to remember which version of the page - you visited last, and brings that page up when you next do a - search. The default page for new users (or after an upgrade) - is the 'simple' search. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-accept"> - <para> - I'm confused by the behavior of the <quote>Accept</quote> - button in the Show Bug form. Why doesn't it assign the bug - to me when I accept it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The current behavior is acceptable to bugzilla.mozilla.org and - most users. If you want to change this behavior, though, you - have your choice of patches: - <simplelist> - <member> - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=35195">Bug 35195</ulink> - seeks to add an <quote>...and accept the bug</quote> checkbox - to the UI. It has two patches attached to it: - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=8029">attachment 8029</ulink> - was originally created for Bugzilla 2.12, while - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=91372">attachment 91372</ulink> - is an updated version for Bugzilla 2.16 - </member> - <member> - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=37613">Bug - 37613</ulink> also provides two patches (against Bugzilla - 2.12): one to add a 'Take Bug' option, and the other to - automatically reassign the bug on 'Accept'. - </member> - </simplelist> - These patches are all somewhat dated now, and cannot be applied - directly, but they are simple enough to provide a guide on how - Bugzilla can be customized and updated to suit your needs. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-attachment"> - <para> - I can't upload anything into the database via the - <quote>Create Attachment</quote> link. What am I doing wrong? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The most likely cause is a very old browser or a browser that is - incompatible with file upload via POST. Download the latest version - of your favourite browser to handle uploads correctly. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-keyword"> - <para> - How do I change a keyword in Bugzilla, once some bugs are using it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - In the Bugzilla administrator UI, edit the keyword and - it will let you replace the old keyword name with a new one. - This will cause a problem with the keyword cache; run - <command>sanitycheck.cgi</command> to fix it. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-use-close"> - <para> - Why can't I close bugs from the <quote>Change Several Bugs - at Once</quote> page? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Simple answer; you can. - </para> - - <para> - The logic behind the page checks every bug in the list to - determine legal state changes, and then only shows you controls - to do things that could apply to <emphasis>every</emphasis> bug - on the list. The reason for this is that if you try to do something - illegal to a bug, the whole process will grind to a halt, and all - changes after the failed one will <emphasis>also</emphasis> fail. - Since that isn't a good outcome, the page doesn't even present - you with the option. - </para> - - <para> - In practical terms, that means that in order to mark - multiple bugs as CLOSED, then every bug on the page has to be - either RESOLVED or VERIFIED already; if this is not the case, - then the option to close the bugs will not appear on the page. - </para> - - <para> - The rationale is that if you pick one of the bugs that's not - VERIFIED and try to CLOSE it, the bug change will fail - miserably (thus killing any changes in the list after it - while doing the bulk change) so it doesn't even give you the - choice. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - - </qandadiv> - - <qandadiv id="faq-hacking"> - <title>Bugzilla Hacking</title> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-hacking-templatestyle"> - <para> - What kind of style should I use for templatization? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Gerv and Myk suggest a 2-space indent, with embedded code sections on - their own line, in line with outer tags. Like this:</para> - <programlisting><![CDATA[ -<fred> -[% IF foo %] - <bar> - [% FOREACH x = barney %] - <tr> - <td> - [% x %] - </td> - <tr> - [% END %] -[% END %] -</fred> -]]></programlisting> - - <para> Myk also recommends you turn on PRE_CHOMP in the template - initialization to prevent bloating of HTML with unnecessary whitespace. - </para> - - <para>Please note that many have differing opinions on this subject, - and the existing templates in Bugzilla espouse both this and a 4-space - style. Either is acceptable; the above is preferred.</para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-hacking-bugzillabugs"> - <para> - What bugs are in Bugzilla right now? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Try <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_status=NEW&bug_status=ASSIGNED&bug_status=REOPENED&product=Bugzilla"> - this link</ulink> to view current bugs or requests for - enhancement for Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - You can view bugs marked for &bz-nextver; release - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?product=Bugzilla&target_milestone=Bugzilla+&bz-nextver;">here</ulink>. - This list includes bugs for the &bz-nextver; release that have already - been fixed and checked into CVS. Please consult the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/"> - Bugzilla Project Page</ulink> for details on how to - check current sources out of CVS so you can have these - bug fixes early! - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-hacking-priority"> - <para> - How can I change the default priority to a null value? - For instance, have the default priority be <quote>---</quote> - instead of <quote>P2</quote>? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - This is well-documented in <ulink - url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=49862">bug - 49862</ulink>. Ultimately, it's as easy as adding the - <quote>---</quote> priority field to your localconfig file - in the appropriate area, re-running checksetup.pl, and then - changing the default priority in your browser using - <command>editparams.cgi</command>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question id="faq-hacking-patches"> - <para> - What's the best way to submit patches? What guidelines - should I follow? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <blockquote> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter a bug into bugzilla.mozilla.org for the <quote><ulink - url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla">Bugzilla</ulink></quote> - product. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Upload your patch as a unified diff (having used <quote>diff - -u</quote> against the <emphasis>current sources</emphasis> - checked out of CVS), or new source file by clicking - <quote>Create a new attachment</quote> link on the bug - page you've just created, and include any descriptions of - database changes you may make, into the bug ID you submitted - in step #1. Be sure and click the <quote>Patch</quote> checkbox - to indicate the text you are sending is a patch! - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Announce your patch and the associated URL - (https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=XXXXXX) - for discussion in the newsgroup - (mozilla.support.bugzilla). You'll get a - really good, fairly immediate reaction to the - implications of your patch, which will also give us - an idea how well-received the change would be. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If it passes muster with minimal modification, the - person to whom the bug is assigned in Bugzilla is - responsible for seeing the patch is checked into CVS. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Bask in the glory of the fact that you helped write - the most successful open-source bug-tracking software - on the planet :) - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </blockquote> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - - </qandadiv> - - </qandaset> - -</appendix> - - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/xml/filetemp.patch b/docs/xml/filetemp.patch deleted file mode 100644 index 9fb70adce..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/filetemp.patch +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ ---- File/Temp.pm.orig Thu Feb 6 16:26:00 2003 -+++ File/Temp.pm Thu Feb 6 16:26:23 2003 -@@ -205,6 +205,7 @@ - # eg CGI::Carp - local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {}; - local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub {}; -+ local *CORE::GLOBAL::die = sub {}; - $bit = &$func(); - 1; - }; -@@ -226,6 +227,7 @@ - # eg CGI::Carp - local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {}; - local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub {}; -+ local *CORE::GLOBAL::die = sub {}; - $bit = &$func(); - 1; - }; diff --git a/docs/xml/gfdl.xml b/docs/xml/gfdl.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1d84d1255..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/gfdl.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<appendix id="gfdl"> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title> - -<!-- - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF) --> -<!-- LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org" --> -<!-- section> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title --> - <para>Version 1.1, March 2000</para> - - <blockquote> - <para>Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and - distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is - not allowed.</para> - </blockquote> - - <section label="0" id="gfdl-0"> - <title>Preamble</title> - - <para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other - written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the - effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying - it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their - work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by - others.</para> - - <para>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative - works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It - complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license - designed for free software.</para> - - <para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free - program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the - software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it - can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether - it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally - for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para> - </section> - - <section label="1" id="gfdl-1"> - <title>Applicability and Definition</title> - - <para>This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under - the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such - manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as "you".</para> - - <para>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the - Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with - modifications and/or translated into another language.</para> - - <para>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section - of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the - publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject - (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly - within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection - with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, - philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para> - - <para>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose - titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this License.</para> - - <para>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are - listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says - that the Document is released under this License.</para> - - <para>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, - represented in a format whose specification is available to the general - public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and - straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of - pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available - drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for - automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose - markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification - by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called - "Opaque".</para> - - <para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain - ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or - XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML - designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word - processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not - generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word - processors for output purposes only.</para> - - <para>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, - plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material - this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats - which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text - near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text.</para> - </section> - - <section label="2" id="gfdl-2"> - <title>Verbatim Copying</title> - - <para>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to - the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other - conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical - measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the - copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in - exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies - you must also follow the conditions in section 3.</para> - - <para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, - and you may publicly display copies.</para> - </section> - - <section label="3" id="gfdl-3"> - <title>Copying in Quantity</title> - - <para>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than - 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must - enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts - on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you - as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full - title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may - add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document - and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects.</para> - - <para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) - on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para> - - <para>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document - numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable - Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each - Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which - the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no - charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter - option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin - distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this - Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until - at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy - (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public.</para> - - <para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of - the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to - give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the - Document.</para> - </section> - - <section label="4" id="gfdl-4"> - <title>Modifications</title> - - <para>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document - under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified - Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and - modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. - In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para> - - <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem> - <para>Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title - distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous - versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History - section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous - version if the original publisher of that version gives - permission.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or - entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal - authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less - than five).</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the - Modified Version, as the publisher.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license - notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum - below.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant - Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license - notice.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add - to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and - publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as - given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified - Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document - for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise - the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it - was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may - omit a network location for a work that was published at least four - years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the - version it refers to gives permission.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", - preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the - substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered - in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent - are not considered part of the section titles.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may - not be included in the Modified Version.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to - conflict in title with any Invariant Section.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or - appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material - copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of - these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of - Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles - must be distinct from any other section titles.</para> - - <para>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains - nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for - example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by - an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para> - - <para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, - and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the - list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of - Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through - arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a - cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement - made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add - another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the - previous publisher that added the old one.</para> - - <para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this - License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert - or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</para> - </section> - - <section label="5" id="gfdl-5"> - <title>Combining Documents</title> - - <para>You may combine the Document with other documents released under - this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified - versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the - Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list - them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license - notice.</para> - - <para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and - multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. - If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end - of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of - that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment - to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license - notice of the combined work.</para> - - <para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled - "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and - any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections - entitled "Endorsements."</para> - </section> - - <section label="6" id="gfdl-6"> - <title>Collections of Documents</title> - - <para>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other - documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is - included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this - License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other - respects.</para> - - <para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy - of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in - all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para> - </section> - - <section label="7" id="gfdl-7"> - <title>Aggregation with Independent Works</title> - - <para>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other - separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a - storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified - Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for - the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this - License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled - with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are - not themselves derivative works of the Document.</para> - - <para>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of - the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers - that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must - appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para> - </section> - - <section label="8" id="gfdl-8"> - <title>Translation</title> - - <para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. - Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special - permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations - of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of - these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License - provided that you also include the original English version of this - License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the - original English version of this License, the original English version - will prevail.</para> - </section> - - <section label="9" id="gfdl-9"> - <title>Termination</title> - - <para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document - except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to - copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties - who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not - have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full - compliance.</para> - </section> - - <section label="10" id="gfdl-10"> - <title>Future Revisions of this License</title> - - <para>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of - the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in - detail to address new problems or concerns. See - <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"/>.</para> - - <para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of - this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of - following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of - any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free - Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of - this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) - by the Free Software Foundation.</para> - </section> - - <section label="" id="gfdl-howto"> - <title>How to use this License for your documents</title> - - <para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy - of the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page:</para> - - <blockquote> - <para>Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, - distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free - Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by - the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the - Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the - section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".</para> - </blockquote> - - <para>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant - Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover - Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.</para> - - <para>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we - recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free - software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their - use in free software.</para> - </section> -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/glossary.xml b/docs/xml/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5b6d1a6e7..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,551 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE glossary PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" > --> -<glossary id="glossary"> - <glossdiv> - <title>0-9, high ascii</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-htaccess"> - <glossterm>.htaccess</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Apache web server, and other NCSA-compliant web servers, - observe the convention of using files in directories called - <filename>.htaccess</filename> - - to restrict access to certain files. In Bugzilla, they are used - to keep secret files which would otherwise - compromise your installation - e.g. the - <filename>localconfig</filename> - file contains the password to your database. - curious.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-a"> - <title>A</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-apache"> - <glossterm>Apache</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>In this context, Apache is the web server most commonly used - for serving up Bugzilla - pages. Contrary to popular belief, the apache web server has nothing - to do with the ancient and noble Native American tribe, but instead - derived its name from the fact that it was - <quote>a patchy</quote> - version of the original - <acronym>NCSA</acronym> - world-wide-web server.</para> - - <variablelist> - <title>Useful Directives when configuring Bugzilla</title> - - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#addhandler">AddHandler</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Tell Apache that it's OK to run CGI scripts.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#options">Options</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>These directives are used to tell Apache many things about - the directory they apply to. For Bugzilla's purposes, we need - them to allow script execution and <filename>.htaccess</filename> - overrides. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Used to tell Apache what files are indexes. If you can - not add <filename>index.cgi</filename> to the list of valid files, - you'll need to set <computeroutput>$index_html</computeroutput> to - 1 in <filename>localconfig</filename> so - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> will create an - <filename>index.html</filename> that redirects to - <filename>index.cgi</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource">ScriptInterpreterSource</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Used when running Apache on windows so the shebang line - doesn't have to be changed in every Bugzilla script. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <para>For more information about how to configure Apache for Bugzilla, - see <xref linkend="http-apache"/>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-b"> - <title>B</title> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Bug</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A - <quote>bug</quote> - - in Bugzilla refers to an issue entered into the database which has an - associated number, assignments, comments, etc. Some also refer to a - <quote>tickets</quote> - or - <quote>issues</quote>; - in the context of Bugzilla, they are synonymous.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Bug Number</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Each Bugzilla bug is assigned a number that uniquely identifies - that bug. The bug associated with a bug number can be pulled up via a - query, or easily from the very front page by typing the number in the - "Find" box.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-bugzilla"> - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Bugzilla is the world-leading free software bug tracking system. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-c"> - <title>C</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-cgi"> - <glossterm>Common Gateway Interface</glossterm> - <acronym>CGI</acronym> - <glossdef> - <para><acronym>CGI</acronym> is an acronym for Common Gateway Interface. This is - a standard for interfacing an external application with a web server. Bugzilla - is an example of a <acronym>CGI</acronym> application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-component"> - <glossterm>Component</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Component is a subsection of a Product. It should be a narrow - category, tailored to your organization. All Products must contain at - least one Component (and, as a matter of fact, creating a Product - with no Components will create an error in Bugzilla).</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-cpan"> - <glossterm>Comprehensive Perl Archive Network</glossterm> - <acronym>CPAN</acronym> - - <!-- TODO: Rewrite def for CPAN --> - <glossdef> - <para> - <acronym>CPAN</acronym> - - stands for the - <quote>Comprehensive Perl Archive Network</quote>. - CPAN maintains a large number of extremely useful - <glossterm>Perl</glossterm> - modules - encapsulated chunks of code for performing a - particular task.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-contrib"> - <glossterm><filename class="directory">contrib</filename></glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>The <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> directory is - a location to put scripts that have been contributed to Bugzilla but - are not a part of the official distribution. These scripts are written - by third parties and may be in languages other than perl. For those - that are in perl, there may be additional modules or other requirements - than those of the official distribution. - <note> - <para>Scripts in the <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> - directory are not officially supported by the Bugzilla team and may - break in between versions. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-d"> - <title>D</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-daemon"> - <glossterm>daemon</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A daemon is a computer program which runs in the background. In - general, most daemons are started at boot time via System V init - scripts, or through RC scripts on BSD-based systems. - <glossterm>mysqld</glossterm>, - the MySQL server, and - <glossterm>apache</glossterm>, - a web server, are generally run as daemons.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-dos"> - <glossterm>DOS Attack</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A DOS, or Denial of Service attack, is when a user attempts to - deny access to a web server by repeatedly accessing a page or sending - malformed requests to a webserver. A D-DOS, or - Distributed Denial of Service attack, is when these requests come - from multiple sources at the same time. Unfortunately, these are much - more difficult to defend against. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-g"> - <title>G</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-groups"> - <glossterm>Groups</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>The word - <quote>Groups</quote> - - has a very special meaning to Bugzilla. Bugzilla's main security - mechanism comes by placing users in groups, and assigning those - groups certain privileges to view bugs in particular - <glossterm>Products</glossterm> - in the - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - database.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-j"> - <title>J</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-javascript"> - <glossterm>JavaScript</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para>JavaScript is cool, we should talk about it. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-m"> - <title>M</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-mta"> - <glossterm>Message Transport Agent</glossterm> - <acronym>MTA</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Message Transport Agent is used to control the flow of email on a system. - The <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Email-Send/lib/Email/Send.pm">Email::Send</ulink> - Perl module, which Bugzilla uses to send email, can be configured to - use many different underlying implementations for actually sending the - mail using the <option>mail_delivery_method</option> parameter. - Implementations other than <literal>sendmail</literal> require that the - <option>sendmailnow</option> param be set to <literal>on</literal>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-mysql"> - <glossterm>MySQL</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>MySQL is currently the required - <glossterm linkend="gloss-rdbms">RDBMS</glossterm> for Bugzilla. MySQL - can be downloaded from <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com"/>. While you - should familiarize yourself with all of the documentation, some high - points are: - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Backup.html">Backup</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Methods for backing up your Bugzilla database. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Option_files.html">Option Files</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Information about how to configure MySQL using - <filename>my.cnf</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Privilege_system.html">Privilege System</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Much more detailed information about the suggestions in - <xref linkend="security-mysql"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-p"> - <title>P</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-ppm"> - <glossterm>Perl Package Manager</glossterm> - <acronym>PPM</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para><ulink url="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/PPM/"/> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm id="gloss-product">Product</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Product is a broad category of types of bugs, normally - representing a single piece of software or entity. In general, - there are several Components to a Product. A Product may define a - group (used for security) for all bugs entered into - its Components.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Perl</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>First written by Larry Wall, Perl is a remarkable program - language. It has the benefits of the flexibility of an interpreted - scripting language (such as shell script), combined with the speed - and power of a compiled language, such as C. - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - - is maintained in Perl.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-q"> - <title>Q</title> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>QA</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para> - <quote>QA</quote>, - <quote>Q/A</quote>, and - <quote>Q.A.</quote> - are short for - <quote>Quality Assurance</quote>. - In most large software development organizations, there is a team - devoted to ensuring the product meets minimum standards before - shipping. This team will also generally want to track the progress of - bugs over their life cycle, thus the need for the - <quote>QA Contact</quote> - - field in a bug.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-r"> - <title>R</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-rdbms"> - <glossterm>Relational DataBase Management System</glossterm> - <acronym>RDBMS</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A relational database management system is a database system - that stores information in tables that are related to each other. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-regexp"> - <glossterm>Regular Expression</glossterm> - <acronym>regexp</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A regular expression is an expression used for pattern matching. - <ulink url="http://perldoc.com/perl5.6/pod/perlre.html#Regular-Expressions">Documentation</ulink> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-s"> - <title>S</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-service"> - <glossterm>Service</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>In Windows NT environment, a boot-time background application - is referred to as a service. These are generally managed through the - control panel while logged in as an account with - <quote>Administrator</quote> level capabilities. For more - information, consult your Windows manual or the MSKB. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm> - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - </glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para> - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - stands for - <quote>Standard Generalized Markup Language</quote>. - Created in the 1980's to provide an extensible means to maintain - documentation based upon content instead of presentation, - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - has withstood the test of time as a robust, powerful language. - <glossterm> - <acronym>XML</acronym> - </glossterm> - - is the - <quote>baby brother</quote> - - of SGML; any valid - <acronym>XML</acronym> - - document it, by definition, a valid - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - document. The document you are reading is written and maintained in - <acronym>SGML</acronym>, - and is also valid - <acronym>XML</acronym> - - if you modify the Document Type Definition.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-t"> - <title>T</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-target-milestone" xreflabel="Target Milestone"> - <glossterm>Target Milestone</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Target Milestones are Product goals. They are configurable on a - per-Product basis. Most software development houses have a concept of - - <quote>milestones</quote> - - where the people funding a project expect certain functionality on - certain dates. Bugzilla facilitates meeting these milestones by - giving you the ability to declare by which milestone a bug will be - fixed, or an enhancement will be implemented.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-tcl"> - <glossterm>Tool Command Language</glossterm> - <acronym>TCL</acronym> - <glossdef> - <para>TCL is an open source scripting language available for Windows, - Macintosh, and Unix based systems. Bugzilla 1.0 was written in TCL but - never released. The first release of Bugzilla was 2.0, which was when - it was ported to perl. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-z"> - <title>Z</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-zarro"> - <glossterm>Zarro Boogs Found</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>This is just a goofy way of saying that there were no bugs - found matching your query. When asked to explain this message, - Terry had the following to say: - </para> - - <blockquote> - <attribution>Terry Weissman</attribution> - <para>I've been asked to explain this ... way back when, when - Netscape released version 4.0 of its browser, we had a release - party. Naturally, there had been a big push to try and fix every - known bug before the release. Naturally, that hadn't actually - happened. (This is not unique to Netscape or to 4.0; the same thing - has happened with every software project I've ever seen.) Anyway, - at the release party, T-shirts were handed out that said something - like "Netscape 4.0: Zarro Boogs". Just like the software, the - T-shirt had no known bugs. Uh-huh. - </para> - - <para>So, when you query for a list of bugs, and it gets no results, - you can think of this as a friendly reminder. Of *course* there are - bugs matching your query, they just aren't in the bugsystem yet... - </para> - </blockquote> - - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> -</glossary> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/xml/index.xml b/docs/xml/index.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7fc1a4c14..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/index.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/installation.xml b/docs/xml/installation.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3815f6753..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/installation.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2040 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"> --> -<!-- $Id: installation.xml,v 1.155 2008/02/24 19:23:06 lpsolit%gmail.com Exp $ --> -<chapter id="installing-bugzilla"> - <title>Installing Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="installation"> - <title>Installation</title> - - <note> - <para>If you just want to <emphasis>use</emphasis> Bugzilla, - you do not need to install it. None of this chapter is relevant to - you. Ask your Bugzilla administrator for the URL to access it from - your web browser. - </para> - </note> - - <para>The Bugzilla server software is usually installed on Linux or - Solaris. - If you are installing on another OS, check <xref linkend="os-specific"/> - before you start your installation to see if there are any special - instructions. - </para> - - <para> - As an alternative to following these instructions, you may wish to - try Arne Schirmacher's unofficial and unsupported - <ulink url="http://www.softwaretesting.de/article/view/33/1/8/">Bugzilla - Installer</ulink>, which installs Bugzilla and all its prerequisites - on Linux or Solaris systems. - </para> - - <para>This guide assumes that you have administrative access to the - Bugzilla machine. It not possible to - install and run Bugzilla itself without administrative access except - in the very unlikely event that every single prerequisite is - already installed. - </para> - - <warning> - <para>The installation process may make your machine insecure for - short periods of time. Make sure there is a firewall between you - and the Internet. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - You are strongly recommended to make a backup of your system - before installing Bugzilla (and at regular intervals thereafter :-). - </para> - - <para>In outline, the installation proceeds as follows: - </para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-perl">Install Perl</link> - (&min-perl-ver; or above) - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-database">Install a Database Engine</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-webserver">Install a Webserver</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-bzfiles">Install Bugzilla</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-perlmodules">Install Perl modules</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - <link linkend="install-MTA">Install a Mail Transfer Agent</link> - (Sendmail 8.7 or above, or an MTA that is Sendmail-compatible with at least this version) - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para>Configure all of the above. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - - <section id="install-perl"> - <title>Perl</title> - - <para>Installed Version Test: <filename>perl -v</filename></para> - - <para>Any machine that doesn't have Perl on it is a sad machine indeed. - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.perl.com"/>. - Although Bugzilla runs with Perl &min-perl-ver;, - it's a good idea to be using the latest stable version. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-database"> - <title>Database Engine</title> - - <para>From Bugzilla 2.20, support is included for using both the MySQL and - PostgreSQL database servers. You only require one of these systems to make - use of Bugzilla.</para> - - <section id="install-mysql"> - <title>MySQL</title> - <para>Installed Version Test: <filename>mysql -V</filename></para> - - <para> - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com"/>. You need MySQL version - &min-mysql-ver; or higher. - </para> - - <note> - <para> Many of the binary - versions of MySQL store their data files in - <filename class="directory">/var</filename>. - On some Unix systems, this is part of a smaller root partition, - and may not have room for your bug database. To change the data - directory, you have to build MySQL from source yourself, and - set it as an option to <filename>configure</filename>.</para> - </note> - - <para>If you install from something other than a packaging/installation - system, such as .rpm (Redhat Package), .deb (Debian Package), .exe - (Windows Executable), or .msi (Microsoft Installer), make sure the MySQL - server is started when the machine boots. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-pg"> - <title>PostgreSQL</title> - <para>Installed Version Test: <filename>psql -V</filename></para> - - <para> - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/"/>. You need PostgreSQL - version &min-pg-ver; or higher. - </para> - - <para>If you install from something other than a packaging/installation - system, such as .rpm (Redhat Package), .deb (Debian Package), .exe - (Windows Executable), or .msi (Microsoft Installer), make sure the - PostgreSQL server is started when the machine boots. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="install-webserver"> - <title>Web Server</title> - - <para>Installed Version Test: view the default welcome page at - http://<your-machine>/</para> - - <para>You have freedom of choice here, pretty much any web server that - is capable of running <glossterm linkend="gloss-cgi">CGI</glossterm> - scripts will work. - However, we strongly recommend using the Apache web server - (either 1.3.x or 2.x), and - the installation instructions usually assume you are - using it. If you have got Bugzilla working using another web server, - please share your experiences with us by filing a bug in &bzg-bugs;. - </para> - - <para> - If you don't have Apache and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="install-bzfiles"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - Download a Bugzilla tarball (or check it out from CVS) and place - it in a suitable directory, accessible by the default web server user - (probably <quote>apache</quote> or <quote>www</quote>). - Good locations are either directly in the web server's document directories or - in <filename>/usr/local</filename> with a symbolic link to the web server's - document directories or an alias in the web server's configuration. - </para> - - <caution> - <para>The default Bugzilla distribution is NOT designed to be placed - in a <filename class="directory">cgi-bin</filename> directory. This - includes any directory which is configured using the - <option>ScriptAlias</option> directive of Apache. - </para> - </caution> - - <para>Once all the files are in a web accessible directory, make that - directory writable by your web server's user. This is a temporary step - until you run the - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> - script, which locks down your installation.</para> - </section> - - <section id="install-perlmodules"> - <title>Perl Modules</title> - - <para>Bugzilla's installation process is based - on a script called <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - The first thing it checks is whether you have appropriate - versions of all the required - Perl modules. The aim of this section is to pass this check. - When it passes, proceed to <xref linkend="configuration"/>. - </para> - - <para> - At this point, you need to <filename>su</filename> to root. You should - remain as root until the end of the install. To check you have the - required modules, run: - </para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> ./checksetup.pl --check-modules</screen> - - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will print out a list of the - required and optional Perl modules, together with the versions - (if any) installed on your machine. - The list of required modules is reasonably long; however, you - may already have several of them installed. - </para> - - <para> - There is a meta-module called Bundle::Bugzilla, - which installs all the other - modules with a single command. You should use this if you are running - Perl 5.6.1 or above. - </para> - - <para> - The preferred way of installing Perl modules is via CPAN on Unix, - or PPM on Windows (see <xref linkend="win32-perl-modules"/>). These - instructions assume you are using CPAN; if for some reason you need - to install the Perl modules manually, see - <xref linkend="install-perlmodules-manual"/>. - </para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> perl -MCPAN -e 'install "<modulename>"'</screen> - - <para> - If you using Bundle::Bugzilla, invoke the magic CPAN command on it. - Otherwise, you need to work down the - list of modules that <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> says are - required, in the order given, invoking the command on each. - </para> - - <tip> - <para>Many people complain that Perl modules will not install for - them. Most times, the error messages complain that they are missing a - file in - <quote>@INC</quote>. - Virtually every time, this error is due to permissions being set too - restrictively for you to compile Perl modules or not having the - necessary Perl development libraries installed on your system. - Consult your local UNIX systems administrator for help solving these - permissions issues; if you - <emphasis>are</emphasis> - the local UNIX sysadmin, please consult the newsgroup/mailing list - for further assistance or hire someone to help you out.</para> - </tip> - - <note> - <para>If you are using a package-based system, and attempting to install the - Perl modules from CPAN, you may need to install the "development" packages for - MySQL and GD before attempting to install the related Perl modules. The names of - these packages will vary depending on the specific distribution you are using, - but are often called <filename><packagename>-devel</filename>.</para> - </note> - - <para> - Here is a complete list of modules and their minimum versions. - Some modules have special installation notes, which follow. - </para> - - <para>Required Perl modules: - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - CGI &min-cgi-ver; or CGI &min-mp-cgi-ver; if using mod_perl - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Date::Format (&min-date-format-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBI (&min-dbi-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-dbd-mysql">DBD::mysql</link> - (&min-dbd-mysql-ver;) if using MySQL - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBD::Pg (&min-dbd-pg-ver;) if using PostgreSQL - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - File::Spec (&min-file-spec-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-template">Template</link> - (&min-template-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::Send (&min-email-send-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::MIME::Modifier (&min-email-mime-modifier-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - Optional Perl modules: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-gd">GD</link> - (&min-gd-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Template::Plugin::GD::Image - (&min-gd-ver;) for Graphical Reports - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-chart-base">Chart::Base</link> - (&min-chart-base-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-gd-graph">GD::Graph</link> - (&min-gd-graph-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-gd-text">GD::Text</link> - (&min-gd-text-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-xml-twig">XML::Twig</link> - (&min-xml-twig-ver;) for bug import/export - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - MIME::Parser (&min-mime-parser-ver;) for bug import/export - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - LWP::UserAgent - (&min-lwp-useragent-ver;) for Automatic Update Notifications - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-patchreader">PatchReader</link> - (&min-patchreader-ver;) for pretty HTML view of patches - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Image::Magick (&min-image-magick-ver;) for converting BMP image attachments to PNG - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Net::LDAP - (&min-net-ldap-ver;) for LDAP Authentication - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Authen::Radius - (&min-authen-radius-ver;) for RADIUS Authentication - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <link linkend="install-modules-soap-lite">SOAP::Lite</link> - (&min-soap-lite-ver;) for the web service interface - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - HTML::Parser - (&min-html-parser-ver;) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - HTML::Scrubber - (&min-html-scrubber-ver;) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::MIME::Attachment::Stripper - (&min-email-mime-attachment-stripper-ver;) for Inbound Email - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::Reply - (&min-email-reply-ver;) for Inbound Email - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - mod_perl2 - (&min-mod_perl2-ver;) for mod_perl - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - CGI - (&min-cgi-ver;) for mod_perl - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <section id="install-modules-dbd-mysql"> - <title>DBD::mysql</title> - - <para>The installation process will ask you a few questions about the - desired compilation target and your MySQL installation. For most of the - questions the provided default will be adequate, but when asked if your - desired target is the MySQL or mSQL packages, you should - select the MySQL-related ones. Later you will be asked if you wish to - provide backwards compatibility with the older MySQL packages; you - should answer YES to this question. The default is NO.</para> - - <para>A host of 'localhost' should be fine. A testing user of 'test', - with a null password, should have sufficient access to run - tests on the 'test' database which MySQL creates upon installation. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-template"> - <title>Template Toolkit (&min-template-ver;)</title> - - <para>When you install Template Toolkit, you'll get asked various - questions about features to enable. The defaults are fine, except - that it is recommended you use the high speed XS Stash of the Template - Toolkit, in order to achieve best performance. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-gd"> - <title>GD (&min-gd-ver;)</title> - - <para>The GD module is only required if you want graphical reports. - </para> - - <note> - <para>The Perl GD module requires some other libraries that may or - may not be installed on your system, including - <classname>libpng</classname> - and - <classname>libgd</classname>. - The full requirements are listed in the Perl GD module README. - If compiling GD fails, it's probably because you're - missing a required library.</para> - </note> - - <tip> - <para>The version of the GD module you need is very closely tied - to the <classname>libgd</classname> version installed on your system. - If you have a version 1.x of <classname>libgd</classname> the 2.x - versions of the GD module won't work for you. - </para> - </tip> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-chart-base"> - <title>Chart::Base (&min-chart-base-ver;)</title> - - <para>The Chart::Base module is only required if you want graphical - reports. - Note that earlier versions that 0.99c used GIFs, which are no longer - supported by the latest versions of GD.</para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-gd-graph"> - <title>GD::Graph (&min-gd-graph-ver;)</title> - - <para>The GD::Graph module is only required if you want graphical - reports. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-gd-text"> - <title>GD::Text (&min-gd-text-ver;)</title> - - <para>The GD::Text module is only required if you want graphical - reports. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-xml-twig"> - <title>XML::Twig (&min-xml-twig-ver;)</title> - - <para>The XML::Twig module is only required if you want to import - XML bugs using the <filename>importxml.pl</filename> - script. This is required to use Bugzilla's "move bugs" feature; - you may also want to use it for migrating from another bug database. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-soap-lite"> - <title>SOAP::Lite (&min-soap-lite-ver;)</title> - <para>Installing SOAP::Lite enables your Bugzilla installation to be - accessible at a standardized Web Service interface (SOAP/XML-RPC) - by third-party applications via HTTP(S). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-modules-patchreader"> - <title>PatchReader (&min-patchreader-ver;)</title> - - <para>The PatchReader module is only required if you want to use - Patch Viewer, a - Bugzilla feature to show code patches in your web browser in a more - readable form. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="install-MTA"> - <title>Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla is dependent on the availability of an e-mail system for its - user authentication and for other tasks. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - This is not entirely true. It is possible to completely disable - email sending, or to have Bugzilla store email messages in a - file instead of sending them. However, this is mainly intended - for testing, as disabling or diverting email on a production - machine would mean that users could miss important events (such - as bug changes or the creation of new accounts). - </para> - - <para> - For more information, see the <quote>mail_delivery_method</quote> parameter - in <xref linkend="parameters" />. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - On Linux, any Sendmail-compatible MTA (Mail Transfer Agent) will - suffice. Sendmail, Postfix, qmail and Exim are examples of common - MTAs. Sendmail is the original Unix MTA, but the others are easier to - configure, and therefore many people replace Sendmail with Postfix or - Exim. They are drop-in replacements, so Bugzilla will not - distinguish between them. - </para> - - <para> - If you are using Sendmail, version 8.7 or higher is required. - If you are using a Sendmail-compatible MTA, it must be congruent with - at least version 8.7 of Sendmail. - </para> - - <para> - Consult the manual for the specific MTA you choose for detailed - installation instructions. Each of these programs will have their own - configuration files where you must configure certain parameters to - ensure that the mail is delivered properly. They are implemented - as services, and you should ensure that the MTA is in the auto-start - list of services for the machine. - </para> - - <para> - If a simple mail sent with the command-line 'mail' program - succeeds, then Bugzilla should also be fine. - </para> - - </section> - <section id="using-mod_perl-with-bugzilla"> - <title>Installing Bugzilla on mod_perl</title> - <para>It is now possible to run the Bugzilla software under <literal>mod_perl</literal> on - Apache. <literal>mod_perl</literal> has some additional requirements to that of running - Bugzilla under <literal>mod_cgi</literal> (the standard and previous way).</para> - - <para>Bugzilla requires <literal>mod_perl</literal> to be installed, which can be - obtained from <ulink url="http://perl.apache.org"/> - Bugzilla requires - version &min-mod_perl2-ver; (AKA 2.0.0-RC5) to be installed.</para> - - <para>Bugzilla also requires a more up-to-date version of the CGI - perl module to be installed, version &min-mp-cgi-ver; as opposed to &min-cgi-ver; - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="configuration"> - <title>Configuration</title> - - <warning> - <para> - Poorly-configured MySQL and Bugzilla installations have - given attackers full access to systems in the past. Please take the - security parts of these guidelines seriously, even for Bugzilla - machines hidden away behind your firewall. Be certain to read - <xref linkend="security"/> for some important security tips. - </para> - </warning> - - <section id="localconfig"> - <title>localconfig</title> - - <para> - You should now run <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> again, this time - without the <literal>--check-modules</literal> switch. - </para> - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> ./checksetup.pl</screen> - <para> - This time, <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> should tell you that all - the correct modules are installed and will display a message about, and - write out a file called, <filename>localconfig</filename>. This file - contains the default settings for a number of Bugzilla parameters. - </para> - - <para> - Load this file in your editor. The only value you - <emphasis>need</emphasis> to change is $db_pass, the password for - the user you will create for your database. Pick a strong - password (for simplicity, it should not contain single quote - characters) and put it here. - </para> - - <para> - You may need to change the value of - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> if your web server does not - run in the "apache" group. On Debian, for example, Apache runs in - the "www-data" group. If you are going to run Bugzilla on a - machine where you do not have root access (such as on a shared web - hosting account), you will need to leave - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> empty, ignoring the warnings - that <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will subsequently display - every time it is run. - </para> - - <caution> - <para> - If you are using suexec, you should use your own primary group - for <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> rather than leaving it - empty, and see the additional directions in the suexec section - <xref linkend="suexec" />. - </para> - </caution> - - <para> - The other options in the <filename>localconfig</filename> file - are documented by their accompanying comments. If you have a slightly - non-standard MySQL setup, you may wish to change one or more of - the other "$db_*" parameters. - </para> - - <para> - You may also wish to change the names of - the priorities, severities, operating systems and platforms for your - installation. However, you can always change these after installation - has finished; if you then re-run <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>, - the changes will get picked up. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="database-engine"> - <title>Database Server</title> - <para> - This section deals with configuring your database server for use - with Bugzilla. Currently, MySQL (<xref linkend="mysql"/>) and - PostgreSQL (<xref linkend="postgresql"/>) are available. - </para> - - <section id="database-schema"> - <title>Bugzilla Database Schema</title> - - <para> - The Bugzilla database schema is available at - <ulink url="http://www.ravenbrook.com/project/p4dti/tool/cgi/bugzilla-schema/">Ravenbrook</ulink>. - This very valuable tool can generate a written description of - the Bugzilla database schema for any version of Bugzilla. It - can also generate a diff between two versions to help someone - see what has changed. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="mysql"> - <title>MySQL</title> - - <caution> - <para> - MySQL's default configuration is very insecure. - <xref linkend="security-mysql"/> has some good information for - improving your installation's security. - </para> - </caution> - - <section id="install-setupdatabase"> - <title>Allow large attachments</title> - - <para> - By default, MySQL will only accept packets up to 64Kb in size. - If you want to have attachments larger than this, you will need - to modify your <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename> as below. - </para> - - <screen> [mysqld] - # Allow packets up to 1M - max_allowed_packet=1M</screen> - - <para> - There is also a parameter in Bugzilla called 'maxattachmentsize' - (default = 1000 Kb) that controls the maximum allowable attachment - size. Attachments larger than <emphasis>either</emphasis> the - 'max_allowed_packet' or 'maxattachmentsize' value will not be - accepted by Bugzilla. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - This does not affect Big Files, attachments that are stored directly - on disk instead of in the database. Their maximum size is - controlled using the 'maxlocalattachment' parameter. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Allow small words in full-text indexes</title> - - <para>By default, words must be at least four characters in length - in order to be indexed by MySQL's full-text indexes. This causes - a lot of Bugzilla specific words to be missed, including "cc", - "ftp" and "uri".</para> - - <para>MySQL can be configured to index those words by setting the - ft_min_word_len param to the minimum size of the words to index. - This can be done by modifying the <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename> - according to the example below:</para> - - <screen> [mysqld] - # Allow small words in full-text indexes - ft_min_word_len=2</screen> - - <para>Rebuilding the indexes can be done based on documentation found at - <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Fulltext_Fine-tuning.html"/>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-setupdatabase-adduser"> - <title>Add a user to MySQL</title> - - <para> - You need to add a new MySQL user for Bugzilla to use. - (It's not safe to have Bugzilla use the MySQL root account.) - The following instructions assume the defaults in - <filename>localconfig</filename>; if you changed those, - you need to modify the SQL command appropriately. You will - need the <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> password you - set in <filename>localconfig</filename> in - <xref linkend="localconfig"/>. - </para> - - <para> - We use an SQL <command>GRANT</command> command to create - a <quote>bugs</quote> user. This also restricts the - <quote>bugs</quote>user to operations within a database - called <quote>bugs</quote>, and only allows the account - to connect from <quote>localhost</quote>. Modify it to - reflect your setup if you will be connecting from another - machine or as a different user. - </para> - - <para> - Run the <filename>mysql</filename> command-line client and enter: - </para> - - <screen> <prompt>mysql></prompt> GRANT SELECT, INSERT, - UPDATE, DELETE, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE, LOCK TABLES, - CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, DROP, REFERENCES ON bugs.* - TO bugs@localhost IDENTIFIED BY '<replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable>'; - <prompt>mysql></prompt> FLUSH PRIVILEGES;</screen> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Permit attachments table to grow beyond 4GB</title> - - <para> - By default, MySQL will limit the size of a table to 4GB. - This limit is present even if the underlying filesystem - has no such limit. To set a higher limit, follow these - instructions. - </para> - - <para> - After you have completed the rest of the installation (or at least the - database setup parts), you should run the <filename>MySQL</filename> - command-line client and enter the following, replacing <literal>$bugs_db</literal> - with your Bugzilla database name (<emphasis>bugs</emphasis> by default): - </para> - - <screen> - <prompt>mysql></prompt> use <replaceable>$bugs_db</replaceable> - <prompt>mysql></prompt> ALTER TABLE attachments - AVG_ROW_LENGTH=1000000, MAX_ROWS=20000; - </screen> - - <para> - The above command will change the limit to 20GB. Mysql will have - to make a temporary copy of your entire table to do this. Ideally, - you should do this when your attachments table is still small. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - This does not affect Big Files, attachments that are stored directly - on disk instead of in the database. - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="postgresql"> - <title>PostgreSQL</title> - <section> - <title>Add a User to PostgreSQL</title> - - <para>You need to add a new user to PostgreSQL for the Bugzilla - application to use when accessing the database. The following instructions - assume the defaults in <filename>localconfig</filename>; if you - changed those, you need to modify the commands appropriately. You will - need the <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> password you - set in <filename>localconfig</filename> in - <xref linkend="localconfig"/>.</para> - - <para>On most systems, to create the user in PostgreSQL, you will need to - login as the root user, and then</para> - - <screen> <prompt>bash#</prompt> su - postgres</screen> - - <para>As the postgres user, you then need to create a new user: </para> - - <screen> <prompt>bash$</prompt> createuser -U postgres -dAP bugs</screen> - - <para>When asked for a password, provide the password which will be set as - <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> in <filename>localconfig</filename>. - The created user will have the ability to create databases and will not be - able to create new users.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Configure PostgreSQL</title> - - <para>Now, you will need to edit <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> which is - usually located in <filename>/var/lib/pgsql/data/</filename>. In this file, - you will need to add a new line to it as follows:</para> - - <para> - <computeroutput>host all bugs 127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 md5</computeroutput> - </para> - - <para>This means that for TCP/IP (host) connections, allow connections from - '127.0.0.1' to 'all' databases on this server from the 'bugs' user, and use - password authentication (md5) for that user.</para> - - <para>Now, you will need to restart PostgreSQL, but you will need to fully - stop and start the server rather than just restarting due to the possibility - of a change to <filename>postgresql.conf</filename>. After the server has - restarted, you will need to edit <filename>localconfig</filename>, finding - the <literal>$db_driver</literal> variable and setting it to - <literal>Pg</literal> and changing the password in <literal>$db_pass</literal> - to the one you picked previously, while setting up the account.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section> - <title>checksetup.pl</title> - - <para> - Next, rerun <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. It reconfirms - that all the modules are present, and notices the altered - localconfig file, which it assumes you have edited to your - satisfaction. It compiles the UI templates, - connects to the database using the 'bugs' - user you created and the password you defined, and creates the - 'bugs' database and the tables therein. - </para> - - <para> - After that, it asks for details of an administrator account. Bugzilla - can have multiple administrators - you can create more later - but - it needs one to start off with. - Enter the email address of an administrator, his or her full name, - and a suitable Bugzilla password. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will then finish. You may rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> at any time if you wish. - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="http"> - <title>Web server</title> - <para> - Configure your web server according to the instructions in the - appropriate section. (If it makes a difference in your choice, - the Bugzilla Team recommends Apache.) To check whether your web server - is correctly configured, try to access <filename>testagent.cgi</filename> - from your web server. If "OK" is displayed, then your configuration - is successful. Regardless of which web server - you are using, however, ensure that sensitive information is - not remotely available by properly applying the access controls in - <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. You can run - <filename>testserver.pl</filename> to check if your web server serves - Bugzilla files as expected. - </para> - - <section id="http-apache"> - <title>Bugzilla using Apache</title> - <para>You have two options for running Bugzilla under Apache - - <link linkend="http-apache-mod_cgi">mod_cgi</link> (the default) and - <link linkend="http-apache-mod_perl">mod_perl</link> (new in Bugzilla - 2.23) - </para> - <section id="http-apache-mod_cgi"> - <title>Apache <productname>httpd</productname> with mod_cgi</title> - - <para> - To configure your Apache web server to work with Bugzilla while using - mod_cgi, do the following: - </para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para> - Load <filename>httpd.conf</filename> in your editor. - In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in - <filename class="directory">/etc/httpd/conf</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - Apache uses <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> - directives to permit fine-grained permission setting. Add the - following lines to a directive that applies to the location - of your Bugzilla installation. (If such a section does not - exist, you'll want to add one.) In this example, Bugzilla has - been installed at - <filename class="directory">/var/www/html/bugzilla</filename>. - </para> - - <programlisting> - <Directory /var/www/html/bugzilla> - AddHandler cgi-script .cgi - Options +Indexes +ExecCGI - DirectoryIndex index.cgi - AllowOverride Limit - </Directory> - </programlisting> - - <para> - These instructions: allow apache to run .cgi files found - within the bugzilla directory; instructs the server to look - for a file called <filename>index.cgi</filename> if someone - only types the directory name into the browser; and allows - Bugzilla's <filename>.htaccess</filename> files to override - global permissions. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - It is possible to make these changes globally, or to the - directive controlling Bugzilla's parent directory (e.g. - <computeroutput><Directory /var/www/html/></computeroutput>). - Such changes would also apply to the Bugzilla directory... - but they would also apply to many other places where they - may or may not be appropriate. In most cases, including - this one, it is better to be as restrictive as possible - when granting extra access. - </para> - </note> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> can set tighter permissions - on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the - web server runs as. Find the <computeroutput>Group</computeroutput> - line in <filename>httpd.conf</filename>, place the value found - there in the <replaceable>$webservergroup</replaceable> variable - in <filename>localconfig</filename>, then rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - Optional: If Bugzilla does not actually reside in the webspace - directory, but instead has been symbolically linked there, you - will need to add the following to the - <computeroutput>Options</computeroutput> line of the Bugzilla - <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> directive - (the same one as in the step above): - </para> - - <programlisting> - +FollowSymLinks - </programlisting> - - <para> - Without this directive, Apache will not follow symbolic links - to places outside its own directory structure, and you will be - unable to run Bugzilla. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> - <section id="http-apache-mod_perl"> - <title>Apache <productname>httpd</productname> with mod_perl</title> - - <para>Some configuration is required to make Bugzilla work with Apache - and mod_perl</para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para> - Load <filename>httpd.conf</filename> in your editor. - In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in - <filename class="directory">/etc/httpd/conf</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para>Add the following information to your httpd.conf file, substituting - where appropriate with your own local paths.</para> - - <note> - <para>This should be used instead of the <Directory> block - shown above. This should also be above any other <literal>mod_perl</literal> - directives within the <filename>httpd.conf</filename> and must be specified - in the order as below.</para> - </note> - <warning> - <para>You should also ensure that you have disabled <literal>KeepAlive</literal> - support in your Apache install when utilizing Bugzilla under mod_perl</para> - </warning> - - <programlisting> - PerlSwitches -I/var/www/html/bugzilla -I/var/www/html/bugzilla/lib -w -T - PerlConfigRequire /var/www/html/bugzilla/mod_perl.pl - </programlisting> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> can set tighter permissions - on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the - web server runs as. Find the <computeroutput>Group</computeroutput> - line in <filename>httpd.conf</filename>, place the value found - there in the <replaceable>$webservergroup</replaceable> variable - in <filename>localconfig</filename>, then rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - - <para>On restarting Apache, Bugzilla should now be running within the - mod_perl environment. Please ensure you have run checksetup.pl to set - permissions before you restart Apache.</para> - - <note> - <para>Please bear the following points in mind when looking at using - Bugzilla under mod_perl: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - mod_perl support in Bugzilla can take up a HUGE amount of RAM. You could be - looking at 30MB per httpd child, easily. Basically, you just need a lot of RAM. - The more RAM you can get, the better. mod_perl is basically trading RAM for - speed. At least 2GB total system RAM is recommended for running Bugzilla under - mod_perl. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Under mod_perl, you have to restart Apache if you make any manual change to - any Bugzilla file. You can't just reload--you have to actually - <emphasis>restart</emphasis> the server (as in make sure it stops and starts - again). You <emphasis>can</emphasis> change localconfig and the params file - manually, if you want, because those are re-read every time you load a page. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You must run in Apache's Prefork MPM (this is the default). The Worker MPM - may not work--we haven't tested Bugzilla's mod_perl support under threads. - (And, in fact, we're fairly sure it <emphasis>won't</emphasis> work.) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Bugzilla generally expects to be the only mod_perl application running on - your entire server. It may or may not work if there are other applications also - running under mod_perl. It does try its best to play nice with other mod_perl - applications, but it still may have conflicts. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It is recommended that you have one Bugzilla instance running under mod_perl - on your server. Bugzilla has not been tested with more than one instance running. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="http-iis"> - <title>Microsoft <productname>Internet Information Services</productname></title> - - <para> - If you are running Bugzilla on Windows and choose to use - Microsoft's <productname>Internet Information Services</productname> - or <productname>Personal Web Server</productname> you will need - to perform a number of other configuration steps as explained below. - You may also want to refer to the following Microsoft Knowledge - Base articles: - <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;245225">245225</ulink> - <quote>HOW TO: Configure and Test a PERL Script with IIS 4.0, - 5.0, and 5.1</quote> (for <productname>Internet Information - Services</productname>) and - <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;231998">231998</ulink> - <quote>HOW TO: FP2000: How to Use Perl with Microsoft Personal Web - Server on Windows 95/98</quote> (for <productname>Personal Web - Server</productname>). - </para> - - <para> - You will need to create a virtual directory for the Bugzilla - install. Put the Bugzilla files in a directory that is named - something <emphasis>other</emphasis> than what you want your - end-users accessing. That is, if you want your users to access - your Bugzilla installation through - <quote>http://<yourdomainname>/Bugzilla</quote>, then do - <emphasis>not</emphasis> put your Bugzilla files in a directory - named <quote>Bugzilla</quote>. Instead, place them in a different - location, and then use the IIS Administration tool to create a - Virtual Directory named "Bugzilla" that acts as an alias for the - actual location of the files. When creating that virtual directory, - make sure you add the <quote>Execute (such as ISAPI applications or - CGI)</quote> access permission. - </para> - - <para> - You will also need to tell IIS how to handle Bugzilla's - .cgi files. Using the IIS Administration tool again, open up - the properties for the new virtual directory and select the - Configuration option to access the Script Mappings. Create an - entry mapping .cgi to: - </para> - - <programlisting> -<full path to perl.exe >\perl.exe -x<full path to Bugzilla> -wT "%s" %s - </programlisting> - - <para> - For example: - </para> - - <programlisting> -c:\perl\bin\perl.exe -xc:\bugzilla -wT "%s" %s - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - The ActiveState install may have already created an entry for - .pl files that is limited to <quote>GET,HEAD,POST</quote>. If - so, this mapping should be <emphasis>removed</emphasis> as - Bugzilla's .pl files are not designed to be run via a web server. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - IIS will also need to know that the index.cgi should be treated - as a default document. On the Documents tab page of the virtual - directory properties, you need to add index.cgi as a default - document type. If you wish, you may remove the other default - document types for this particular virtual directory, since Bugzilla - doesn't use any of them. - </para> - - <para> - Also, and this can't be stressed enough, make sure that files - such as <filename>localconfig</filename> and your - <filename class="directory">data</filename> directory are - secured as described in <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="install-config-bugzilla"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - Your Bugzilla should now be working. Access - <filename>http://<your-bugzilla-server>/</filename> - - you should see the Bugzilla - front page. If not, consult the Troubleshooting section, - <xref linkend="troubleshooting"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The URL above may be incorrect if you installed Bugzilla into a - subdirectory or used a symbolic link from your web site root to - the Bugzilla directory. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Log in with the administrator account you defined in the last - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> run. You should go through - the parameters on the Edit Parameters page - (see link in the footer) and see if there are any you wish to - change. - They key parameters are documented in <xref linkend="parameters"/>; - you should certainly alter - <command>maintainer</command> and <command>urlbase</command>; - you may also want to alter - <command>cookiepath</command> or <command>requirelogin</command>. - </para> - - <para> - This would also be a good time to revisit the - <filename>localconfig</filename> file and make sure that the - names of the priorities, severities, platforms and operating systems - are those you wish to use when you start creating bugs. Remember - to rerun <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> if you change it. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla has several optional features which require extra - configuration. You can read about those in - <xref linkend="extraconfig"/>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="extraconfig"> - <title>Optional Additional Configuration</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla has a number of optional features. This section describes how - to configure or enable them. - </para> - - <section> - <title>Bug Graphs</title> - - <para>If you have installed the necessary Perl modules you - can start collecting statistics for the nifty Bugzilla - graphs.</para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> <command>crontab -e</command></screen> - - <para> - This should bring up the crontab file in your editor. - Add a cron entry like this to run - <filename>collectstats.pl</filename> - daily at 5 after midnight: - </para> - - <programlisting>5 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> ; ./collectstats.pl</programlisting> - - <para> - After two days have passed you'll be able to view bug graphs from - the Reports page. - </para> - - <para> - When upgrading Bugzilla, this format may change. - To create new status data, (re)move old data and run the following - commands: - </para> - - <screen> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>cd <your-bugzilla-directory></command> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>./collectstats.pl --regenerate</command> - </screen> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="installation-whining-cron"> - <title>The Whining Cron</title> - - <para>What good are - bugs if they're not annoying? To help make them more so you - can set up Bugzilla's automatic whining system to complain at engineers - which leave their bugs in the NEW or REOPENED state without triaging them. - </para> - <para> - This can be done by adding the following command as a daily - crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug - graphs. This example runs it at 12.55am. - </para> - - <programlisting>55 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> ; ./whineatnews.pl</programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="installation-whining"> - <title>Whining</title> - - <para> - As of Bugzilla 2.20, users can configure Bugzilla to regularly annoy - them at regular intervals, by having Bugzilla execute saved searches - at certain times and emailing the results to the user. This is known - as "Whining". The process of configuring Whining is described - in <xref linkend="whining"/>, but for it to work a Perl script must be - executed at regular intervals. - </para> - - <para> - This can be done by adding the following command as a daily - crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug - graphs. This example runs it every 15 minutes. - </para> - - <programlisting>*/15 * * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> ; ./whine.pl</programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - Whines can be executed as often as every 15 minutes, so if you specify - longer intervals between executions of whine.pl, some users may not - be whined at as often as they would expect. Depending on the person, - this can either be a very Good Thing or a very Bad Thing. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="apache-addtype"> - <title>Serving Alternate Formats with the right MIME type</title> - - <para> - Some Bugzilla pages have alternate formats, other than just plain - <acronym>HTML</acronym>. In particular, a few Bugzilla pages can - output their contents as either <acronym>XUL</acronym> (a special - Mozilla format, that looks like a program <acronym>GUI</acronym>) - or <acronym>RDF</acronym> (a type of structured <acronym>XML</acronym> - that can be read by various programs). - </para> - <para> - In order for your users to see these pages correctly, Apache must - send them with the right <acronym>MIME</acronym> type. To do this, - add the following lines to your Apache configuration, either in the - <computeroutput><VirtualHost></computeroutput> section for your - Bugzilla, or in the <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> - section for your Bugzilla: - </para> - <para> - <screen>AddType application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml .xul -AddType application/rdf+xml .rdf</screen> - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="multiple-bz-dbs"> - <title>Multiple Bugzilla databases with a single installation</title> - - <para>The previous instructions referred to a standard installation, with - one unique Bugzilla database. However, you may want to host several - distinct installations, without having several copies of the code. This is - possible by using the PROJECT environment variable. When accessed, - Bugzilla checks for the existence of this variable, and if present, uses - its value to check for an alternative configuration file named - <filename>localconfig.<PROJECT></filename> in the same location as - the default one (<filename>localconfig</filename>). It also checks for - customized templates in a directory named - <filename><PROJECT></filename> in the same location as the - default one (<filename>template/<langcode></filename>). By default - this is <filename>template/en/default</filename> so PROJECT's templates - would be located at <filename>template/en/PROJECT</filename>.</para> - - <para>To set up an alternate installation, just export PROJECT=foo before - running <command>checksetup.pl</command> for the first time. It will - result in a file called <filename>localconfig.foo</filename> instead of - <filename>localconfig</filename>. Edit this file as described above, with - reference to a new database, and re-run <command>checksetup.pl</command> - to populate it. That's all.</para> - - <para>Now you have to configure the web server to pass this environment - variable when accessed via an alternate URL, such as virtual host for - instance. The following is an example of how you could do it in Apache, - other Webservers may differ. -<programlisting> -<VirtualHost 212.85.153.228:80> - ServerName foo.bar.baz - SetEnv PROJECT foo - Alias /bugzilla /var/www/bugzilla -</VirtualHost> -</programlisting> - </para> - - <para>Don't forget to also export this variable before accessing Bugzilla - by other means, such as cron tasks for instance.</para> - </section> - - <section id="os-specific"> - <title>OS-Specific Installation Notes</title> - - <para>Many aspects of the Bugzilla installation can be affected by the - operating system you choose to install it on. Sometimes it can be made - easier and others more difficult. This section will attempt to help you - understand both the difficulties of running on specific operating systems - and the utilities available to make it easier. - </para> - - <para>If you have anything to add or notes for an operating system not - covered, please file a bug in &bzg-bugs;. - </para> - - <section id="os-win32"> - <title>Microsoft Windows</title> - <para> - Making Bugzilla work on Windows is more difficult than making it - work on Unix. For that reason, we still recommend doing so on a Unix - based system such as GNU/Linux. That said, if you do want to get - Bugzilla running on Windows, you will need to make the following - adjustments. A detailed step-by-step - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/win32install.html"> - installation guide for Windows</ulink> is also available - if you need more help with your installation. - </para> - - <section id="win32-perl"> - <title>Win32 Perl</title> - <para> - Perl for Windows can be obtained from - <ulink url="http://www.activestate.com/">ActiveState</ulink>. - You should be able to find a compiled binary at <ulink - url="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/" />. - The following instructions assume that you are using version - 5.8.1 of ActiveState. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - These instructions are for 32-bit versions of Windows. If you are - using a 64-bit version of Windows, you will need to install 32-bit - Perl in order to install the 32-bit modules as described below. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="win32-perl-modules"> - <title>Perl Modules on Win32</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla on Windows requires the same perl modules found in - <xref linkend="install-perlmodules"/>. The main difference is that - windows uses <glossterm linkend="gloss-ppm">PPM</glossterm> instead - of CPAN. ActiveState provides a GUI to manage Perl modules. We highly - recommend that you use it. If you prefer to use ppm from the - command-line, type: - </para> - - <programlisting> -C:\perl> <command>ppm install <module name></command> - </programlisting> - - <para> - The best source for the Windows PPM modules needed for Bugzilla - is probably the theory58S website, which you can add to your list - of repositories as follows (for Perl 5.8.x): - </para> - - <programlisting> -<command>ppm repo add theory58S http://theoryx5.uwinnipeg.ca/ppms/</command> - </programlisting> - - <para> - If you are using Perl 5.10.x, you cannot use the same PPM modules as Perl - 5.8.x as they are incompatible. In this case, you should add the following - repository: - </para> - <programlisting> -<command>ppm repo add theory58S http://cpan.uwinnipeg.ca/PPMPackages/10xx/</command> - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - In versions prior to 5.8.8 build 819 of PPM the command is - <programlisting> -<command>ppm repository add theory58S http://theoryx5.uwinnipeg.ca/ppms/</command> - </programlisting> - </para> - </note> - <note> - <para> - The PPM repository stores modules in 'packages' that may have - a slightly different name than the module. If retrieving these - modules from there, you will need to pay attention to the information - provided when you run <command>checksetup.pl</command> as it will - tell you what package you'll need to install. - </para> - </note> - - <tip> - <para> - If you are behind a corporate firewall, you will need to let the - ActiveState PPM utility know how to get through it to access - the repositories by setting the HTTP_proxy system environmental - variable. For more information on setting that variable, see - the ActiveState documentation. - </para> - </tip> - </section> - - <section id="win32-code-changes"> - <title>Code changes required to run on Win32</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla on Win32 is supported out of the box from version 2.20; this - means that no code changes are required to get Bugzilla running. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="win32-http"> - <title>Serving the web pages</title> - - <para> - As is the case on Unix based systems, any web server should - be able to handle Bugzilla; however, the Bugzilla Team still - recommends Apache whenever asked. No matter what web server - you choose, be sure to pay attention to the security notes - in <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. More - information on configuring specific web servers can be found - in <xref linkend="http"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If using Apache on windows, you can set the <ulink - url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource">ScriptInterpreterSource</ulink> - directive in your Apache config to avoid having to modify - the first line of every script to contain your path to Perl - instead of <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>. When setting - <filename>ScriptInterpreterSource</filename>, do not forget - to specify the <command>-T</command> flag to enable the taint - mode. For example: <command>C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe -T</command>. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="win32-email"> - <title>Sending Email</title> - - <para> - To enable Bugzilla to send email on Windows, the server running the - Bugzilla code must be able to connect to, or act as, an SMTP server. - </para> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="os-macosx"> - <title><productname>Mac OS X</productname></title> - - <para>Making Bugzilla work on Mac OS X requires the following - adjustments.</para> - - <section id="macosx-sendmail"> - <title>Sendmail</title> - - <para>In Mac OS X 10.3 and later, - <ulink url="http://www.postfix.org/">Postfix</ulink> - is used as the built-in email server. Postfix provides an executable - that mimics sendmail enough to fool Bugzilla, as long as Bugzilla can - find it.</para> - - <para>As of version 2.20, Bugzilla will be able to find the fake - sendmail executable without any assistance. However, you will have - to turn on the sendmailnow parameter before you do anything that would - result in email being sent. For more information, see the description - of the sendmailnow parameter in <xref linkend="parameters"/>.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="macosx-libraries"> - <title>Libraries & Perl Modules on Mac OS X</title> - - <para>Apple does not include the GD library with Mac OS X. Bugzilla - needs this for bug graphs.</para> - - <para>You can use DarwinPorts (<ulink url="http://darwinports.com/"/>) - or Fink (<ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/fink/"/>), both - of which are similar in nature to the CPAN installer, but install - common unix programs.</para> - - <para>Follow the instructions for setting up DarwinPorts or Fink. - Once you have one installed, you'll want to use it to install the - <filename>gd2</filename> package. - </para> - - <para>Fink will prompt you for a number of dependencies, type 'y' and hit - enter to install all of the dependencies and then watch it work. You will - then be able to use <glossterm linkend="gloss-cpan">CPAN</glossterm> to - install the GD Perl module. - </para> - - <note> - <para>To prevent creating conflicts with the software that Apple - installs by default, Fink creates its own directory tree at - <filename class="directory">/sw</filename> where it installs most of - the software that it installs. This means your libraries and headers - will be at <filename class="directory">/sw/lib</filename> and - <filename class="directory">/sw/include</filename> instead of - <filename class="directory">/usr/lib</filename> and - <filename class="directory">/usr/include</filename>. When the - Perl module config script asks where your <filename>libgd</filename> - is, be sure to tell it - <filename class="directory">/sw/lib</filename>. - </para> - </note> - - <para>Also available via DarwinPorts and Fink is - <filename>expat</filename>. After installing the expat package, you - will be able to install XML::Parser using CPAN. If you use fink, there - is one caveat. Unlike recent versions of - the GD module, XML::Parser doesn't prompt for the location of the - required libraries. When using CPAN, you will need to use the following - command sequence: - </para> - - <screen> -# perl -MCPAN -e'look XML::Parser' <co id="macosx-look"/> -# perl Makefile.PL EXPATLIBPATH=/sw/lib EXPATINCPATH=/sw/include -# make; make test; make install <co id="macosx-make"/> -# exit <co id="macosx-exit"/> - </screen> - <calloutlist> - <callout arearefs="macosx-look macosx-exit"> - <para>The look command will download the module and spawn a - new shell with the extracted files as the current working directory. - The exit command will return you to your original shell. - </para> - </callout> - <callout arearefs="macosx-make"> - <para>You should watch the output from these make commands, - especially <quote>make test</quote> as errors may prevent - XML::Parser from functioning correctly with Bugzilla. - </para> - </callout> - </calloutlist> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="os-linux"> - <title>Linux Distributions</title> - <para>Many Linux distributions include Bugzilla and its - dependencies in their native package management systems. - Installing Bugzilla with root access on any Linux system - should be as simple as finding the Bugzilla package in the - package management application and installing it using the - normal command syntax. Several distributions also perform - the proper web server configuration automatically on installation. - </para> - <para>Please consult the documentation of your Linux - distribution for instructions on how to install packages, - or for specific instructions on installing Bugzilla with - native package management tools. There is also a - <ulink url="http://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Linux_Distro_Installation"> - Bugzilla Wiki Page</ulink> for distro-specific installation - notes. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - - <section id="nonroot"> - <title>UNIX (non-root) Installation Notes</title> - - <section> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para>If you are running a *NIX OS as non-root, either due - to lack of access (web hosts, for example) or for security - reasons, this will detail how to install Bugzilla on such - a setup. It is recommended that you read through the - <xref linkend="installation" /> - first to get an idea on the installation steps required. - (These notes will reference to steps in that guide.)</para> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>MySQL</title> - - <para>You may have MySQL installed as root. If you're - setting up an account with a web host, a MySQL account - needs to be set up for you. From there, you can create - the bugs account, or use the account given to you.</para> - - <warning> - <para>You may have problems trying to set up - <command>GRANT</command> permissions to the database. - If you're using a web host, chances are that you have a - separate database which is already locked down (or one big - database with limited/no access to the other areas), but you - may want to ask your system administrator what the security - settings are set to, and/or run the <command>GRANT</command> - command for you.</para> - - <para>Also, you will probably not be able to change the MySQL - root user password (for obvious reasons), so skip that - step.</para> - </warning> - - <section> - <title>Running MySQL as Non-Root</title> - <section> - <title>The Custom Configuration Method</title> - <para>Create a file .my.cnf in your - home directory (using /home/foo in this example) - as follows....</para> - <programlisting> -[mysqld] -datadir=/home/foo/mymysql -socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock -port=8081 - -[mysql] -socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock -port=8081 - -[mysql.server] -user=mysql -basedir=/var/lib - -[safe_mysqld] -err-log=/home/foo/mymysql/the.log -pid-file=/home/foo/mymysql/the.pid - </programlisting> - </section> - <section> - <title>The Custom Built Method</title> - - <para>You can install MySQL as a not-root, if you really need to. - Build it with PREFIX set to <filename class="directory">/home/foo/mysql</filename>, - or use pre-installed executables, specifying that you want - to put all of the data files in <filename class="directory">/home/foo/mysql/data</filename>. - If there is another MySQL server running on the system that you - do not own, use the -P option to specify a TCP port that is not - in use.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Starting the Server</title> - <para>After your mysqld program is built and any .my.cnf file is - in place, you must initialize the databases (ONCE).</para> - <screen> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>mysql_install_db</command> - </screen> - <para>Then start the daemon with</para> - <screen> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>safe_mysql &</command> - </screen> - <para>After you start mysqld the first time, you then connect to - it as "root" and <command>GRANT</command> permissions to other - users. (Again, the MySQL root account has nothing to do with - the *NIX root account.)</para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either - ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or - add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons - and restart them if needed.</para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para>Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first - consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources - and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any - machine on which you are a user!</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Perl</title> - - <para> - On the extremely rare chance that you don't have Perl on - the machine, you will have to build the sources - yourself. The following commands should get your system - installed with your own personal version of Perl: - </para> - - <screen> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>wget http://perl.com/CPAN/src/stable.tar.gz</command> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>tar zvxf stable.tar.gz</command> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>cd perl-5.8.1</command> (or whatever the version of Perl is called) - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>sh Configure -de -Dprefix=/home/foo/perl</command> - <prompt>bash$</prompt> - <command>make && make test && make install</command> - </screen> - - <para> - Once you have Perl installed into a directory (probably - in <filename class="directory">~/perl/bin</filename>), you will need to - install the Perl Modules, described below. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-perlmodules-nonroot"> - <title>Perl Modules</title> - - <para> - Installing the Perl modules as a non-root user is accomplished by - running the <filename>install-module.pl</filename> - script. For more details on this script, see - <ulink url="api/install-module.html"><filename>install-module.pl</filename> - documentation</ulink> - </para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>HTTP Server</title> - - <para>Ideally, this also needs to be installed as root and - run under a special web server account. As long as - the web server will allow the running of *.cgi files outside of a - cgi-bin, and a way of denying web access to certain files (such as a - .htaccess file), you should be good in this department.</para> - - <section> - <title>Running Apache as Non-Root</title> - - <para>You can run Apache as a non-root user, but the port will need - to be set to one above 1024. If you type <command>httpd -V</command>, - you will get a list of the variables that your system copy of httpd - uses. One of those, namely HTTPD_ROOT, tells you where that - installation looks for its config information.</para> - - <para>From there, you can copy the config files to your own home - directory to start editing. When you edit those and then use the -d - option to override the HTTPD_ROOT compiled into the web server, you - get control of your own customized web server.</para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either - ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or - add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons - and restart them if needed.</para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para>Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first - consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources - and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any - machine on which you are a user!</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - When you run <command>./checksetup.pl</command> to create - the <filename>localconfig</filename> file, it will list the Perl - modules it finds. If one is missing, go back and double-check the - module installation from <xref linkend="install-perlmodules-nonroot"/>, - then delete the <filename>localconfig</filename> file and try again. - </para> - - <warning> - <para>One option in <filename>localconfig</filename> you - might have problems with is the web server group. If you can't - successfully browse to the <filename>index.cgi</filename> (like - a Forbidden error), you may have to relax your permissions, - and blank out the web server group. Of course, this may pose - as a security risk. Having a properly jailed shell and/or - limited access to shell accounts may lessen the security risk, - but use at your own risk.</para> - </warning> - - <section id="suexec"> - <title>suexec or shared hosting</title> - - <para>If you are running on a system that uses suexec (most shared - hosting environments do this), you will need to set the - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> value in <filename>localconfig</filename> - to match <emphasis>your</emphasis> primary group, rather than the one - the web server runs under. You will need to run the following - shell commands after running <command>./checksetup.pl</command>, - every time you run it (or modify <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> - to do them for you via the system() command). - <programlisting> for i in docs graphs images js skins; do find $i -type d -exec chmod o+rx {} \; ; done - for i in jpg gif css js png html rdf xul; do find . -name \*.$i -exec chmod o+r {} \; ; done - find . -name .htaccess -exec chmod o+r {} \; - chmod o+x . data data/webdot</programlisting> - Pay particular attention to the number of semicolons and dots. - They are all important. A future version of Bugzilla will - hopefully be able to do this for you out of the box.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/xml/integration.xml b/docs/xml/integration.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 485a03dcd..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/integration.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" > --> -<!-- Keep these tools listings in alphabetical order please. -MPB --> -<section id="integration"> - <title>Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</title> - - <section id="bonsai" - xreflabel="Bonsai, the Mozilla automated CVS management system"> - <title>Bonsai</title> - - <para>Bonsai is a web-based tool for managing - <xref linkend="cvs" /> - - . Using Bonsai, administrators can control open/closed status of trees, - query a fast relational database back-end for change, branch, and comment - information, and view changes made since the last time the tree was - closed. Bonsai - also integrates with - <xref linkend="tinderbox" />. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cvs" xreflabel="CVS, the Concurrent Versioning System"> - <title>CVS</title> - - <para>CVS integration is best accomplished, at this point, using the - Bugzilla Email Gateway.</para> - - <para>Follow the instructions in this Guide for enabling Bugzilla e-mail - integration. Ensure that your check-in script sends an email to your - Bugzilla e-mail gateway with the subject of - <quote>[Bug XXXX]</quote>, - and you can have CVS check-in comments append to your Bugzilla bug. If - you want to have the bug be closed automatically, you'll have to modify - the <filename>contrib/bugzilla_email_append.pl</filename> script. - </para> - - <para>There is also a CVSZilla project, based upon somewhat dated - Bugzilla code, to integrate CVS and Bugzilla through CVS' ability to - email. Check it out at: <ulink url="http://www.cvszilla.org/"/>. - </para> - - <para>Another system capable of CVS integration with Bugzilla is - Scmbug. This system provides generic integration of Source code - Configuration Management with Bugtracking. Check it out at: <ulink - url="http://freshmeat.net/projects/scmbug/"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="scm" - xreflabel="Perforce SCM (Fast Software Configuration Management System, a powerful commercial alternative to CVS"> - - <title>Perforce SCM</title> - - <para>You can find the project page for Bugzilla and Teamtrack Perforce - integration (p4dti) at: - <ulink url="http://www.ravenbrook.com/project/p4dti/"/> - - . - <quote>p4dti</quote> - - is now an officially supported product from Perforce, and you can find - the "Perforce Public Depot" p4dti page at - <ulink url="http://public.perforce.com/public/perforce/p4dti/index.html"/> - - .</para> - - <para>Integration of Perforce with Bugzilla, once patches are applied, is - seamless. Perforce replication information will appear below the comments - of each bug. Be certain you have a matching set of patches for the - Bugzilla version you are installing. p4dti is designed to support - multiple defect trackers, and maintains its own documentation for it. - Please consult the pages linked above for further information.</para> - </section> - - <section id="svn" - xreflabel="Subversion, a compelling replacement for CVS"> - <title>Subversion</title> - <para>Subversion is a free/open-source version control system, - designed to overcome various limitations of CVS. Integration of - Subversion with Bugzilla is possible using Scmbug, a system - providing generic integration of Source Code Configuration - Management with Bugtracking. Scmbug is available at <ulink - url="http://freshmeat.net/projects/scmbug/"/>.</para> - </section> - - <section id="tinderbox" - xreflabel="Tinderbox, the Mozilla automated build management system"> - <title>Tinderbox/Tinderbox2</title> - - <para>Tinderbox is a continuous-build system which can integrate with - Bugzilla - see - <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/tinderbox"/> for details - of Tinderbox, and - <ulink url="http://tinderbox.mozilla.org/showbuilds.cgi"/> to see it - in action.</para> - </section> -</section> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/introduction.xml b/docs/xml/introduction.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3968702c6..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/introduction.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <section id="what-is-bugzilla"> - <title>What is Bugzilla?</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla is a bug- or issue-tracking system. Bug-tracking - systems allow individual or groups of developers effectively to keep track - of outstanding problems with their products. - </para> - - <para><emphasis>Do we need more here?</emphasis></para> - - </section> - - <section id="why-tracking"> - <title>Why use a bug-tracking system?</title> - - <para>Those who do not use a bug-tracking system tend to rely on - shared lists, email, spreadsheets and/or Post-It notes to monitor the - status of defects. This procedure - is usually error-prone and tends to cause those bugs judged least - significant by developers to be dropped or ignored.</para> - - <para>Integrated defect-tracking systems make sure that nothing gets - swept under the carpet; they provide a method of creating, storing, - arranging and processing defect reports and enhancement requests.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="why-bugzilla"> - <title>Why use Bugzilla?</title> - - <para>Bugzilla is the leading open-source/free software bug tracking - system. It boasts many advanced features, including: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Powerful searching</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>User-configurable email notifications of bug changes</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Full change history</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Inter-bug dependency tracking and graphing</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Excellent attachment management</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Integrated, product-based, granular security schema</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Fully security-audited, and runs under Perl's taint mode</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>A robust, stable RDBMS back-end</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Completely customizable and/or localizable web user - interface</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Additional XML, email and console interfaces</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Extensive configurability</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Smooth upgrade pathway between versions</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para>Bugzilla is very adaptable to various situations. Known uses - currently include IT support queues, Systems Administration deployment - management, chip design and development problem tracking (both - pre-and-post fabrication), and software and hardware bug tracking for - luminaries such as Redhat, NASA, Linux-Mandrake, and VA Systems. - Combined with systems such as - <ulink url="http://www.cvshome.org">CVS</ulink>, - <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/bonsai.html">Bonsai</ulink>, or - <ulink url="http://www.perforce.com">Perforce SCM</ulink>, Bugzilla - provides a powerful, easy-to-use configuration management solution.</para> - </section> -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/xml/modules.xml b/docs/xml/modules.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3d4f6e556..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/modules.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<appendix id="install-perlmodules-manual"> - <title>Manual Installation of Perl Modules</title> - - <section id="modules-manual-instructions"> - <title>Instructions</title> - <para> - If you need to install Perl modules manually, here's how it's done. - Download the module using the link given in the next section, and then - apply this magic incantation, as root: - </para> - - <para> - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> tar -xzvf <module>.tar.gz -<prompt>bash#</prompt> cd <module> -<prompt>bash#</prompt> perl Makefile.PL -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make test -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make install</screen> - </para> - <note> - <para> - In order to compile source code under Windows you will need to obtain - a 'make' utility. The <command>nmake</command> utility provided with - Microsoft Visual C++ may be used. As an alternative, there is a - utility called <command>dmake</command> available from CPAN which is - written entirely in Perl. - </para> - <para> - As described in <xref linkend="modules-manual-download" />, however, most - packages already exist and are available from ActiveState or theory58S. - We highly recommend that you install them using the ppm GUI available with - ActiveState and to add the theory58S repository to your list of repositories. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="modules-manual-download"> - <title>Download Locations</title> - - <note> - <para> - Running Bugzilla on Windows requires the use of ActiveState - Perl 5.8.1 or higher. Many modules already exist in the core - distribution of ActiveState Perl. Additional modules can be downloaded - from <ulink url="http://theoryx5.uwinnipeg.ca/ppms/" /> if you use - Perl 5.8.x or from <ulink url="http://cpan.uwinnipeg.ca/PPMPackages/10xx/" /> - if you use Perl 5.10.x. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - CGI: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/CGI.pm/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://perldoc.perl.org/CGI.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Data-Dumper: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/Dumper.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Date::Format (part of TimeDate): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/lib/Date/Format.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBI: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBI/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://dbi.perl.org/docs/"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBD::mysql: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/lib/DBD/mysql.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBD::Pg: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/Pg.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - File::Spec: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/File-Spec/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://perldoc.perl.org/File/Spec.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Template-Toolkit: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-Toolkit/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/GD.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Template::Plugin::GD: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-GD/" /> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs/aqua/Modules/index.html" /> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - MIME::Parser (part of MIME-tools): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/lib/MIME/Parser.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="modules-manual-optional"> - <title>Optional Modules</title> - - <para> - Chart::Base: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/Chart.pod"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD::Graph: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/Graph.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD::Text::Align (part of GD::Text::Util): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/Text/Align.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - XML::Twig: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/XML-Twig/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://standards.ieee.org/resources/spasystem/twig/twig_stable.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - PatchReader: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/author/JKEISER/PatchReader/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.johnkeiser.com/mozilla/Patch_Viewer.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Image::Magick: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/PerlMagick/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.imagemagick.org/script/resources.php"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - </section> -</appendix> diff --git a/docs/xml/patches.xml b/docs/xml/patches.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 12efb0ca4..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/patches.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<appendix id="patches" xreflabel="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"> - <title>Contrib</title> - - <para> - There are a number of unofficial Bugzilla add-ons in the - <filename class="directory">$BUGZILLA_ROOT/contrib/</filename> - directory. This section documents them. - </para> - - <section id="cmdline"> - <title>Command-line Search Interface</title> - - <para> - There are a suite of Unix utilities for searching Bugzilla from the - command line. They live in the - <filename class="directory">contrib/cmdline</filename> directory. - There are three files - <filename>query.conf</filename>, - <filename>buglist</filename> and <filename>bugs</filename>. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - These files pre-date the templatization work done as part of the - 2.16 release, and have not been updated. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - <filename>query.conf</filename> contains the mapping from - options to field names and comparison types. Quoted option names - are <quote>grepped</quote> for, so it should be easy to edit this - file. Comments (#) have no effect; you must make sure these lines - do not contain any quoted <quote>option</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>buglist</filename> is a shell script that submits a - Bugzilla query and writes the resulting HTML page to stdout. - It supports both short options, (such as <quote>-Afoo</quote> - or <quote>-Rbar</quote>) and long options (such - as <quote>--assignedto=foo</quote> or <quote>--reporter=bar</quote>). - If the first character of an option is not <quote>-</quote>, it is - treated as if it were prefixed with <quote>--default=</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - The column list is taken from the COLUMNLIST environment variable. - This is equivalent to the <quote>Change Columns</quote> option - that is available when you list bugs in buglist.cgi. If you have - already used Bugzilla, grep for COLUMNLIST in your cookies file - to see your current COLUMNLIST setting. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>bugs</filename> is a simple shell script which calls - <filename>buglist</filename> and extracts the - bug numbers from the output. Adding the prefix - <quote>http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_id=</quote> - turns the bug list into a working link if any bugs are found. - Counting bugs is easy. Pipe the results through - <command>sed -e 's/,/ /g' | wc | awk '{printf $2 "\n"}'</command> - </para> - - <para> - Akkana Peck says she has good results piping - <filename>buglist</filename> output through - <command>w3m -T text/html -dump</command> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="cmdline-bugmail"> - <title>Command-line 'Send Unsent Bug-mail' tool</title> - - <para> - Within the <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> directory - exists a utility with the descriptive (if compact) name - of <filename>sendunsentbugmail.pl</filename>. The purpose of this - script is, simply, to send out any bug-related mail that should - have been sent by now, but for one reason or another has not. - </para> - - <para> - To accomplish this task, <filename>sendunsentbugmail.pl</filename> uses - the same mechanism as the <filename>sanitycheck.cgi</filename> script; - it scans through the entire database looking for bugs with changes that - were made more than 30 minutes ago, but where there is no record of - anyone related to that bug having been sent mail. Having compiled a list, - it then uses the standard rules to determine who gets mail, and sends it - out. - </para> - - <para> - As the script runs, it indicates the bug for which it is currently - sending mail; when it has finished, it gives a numerical count of how - many mails were sent and how many people were excluded. (Individual - user names are not recorded or displayed.) If the script produces - no output, that means no unsent mail was detected. - </para> - - <para> - <emphasis>Usage</emphasis>: move the sendunsentbugmail.pl script - up into the main directory, ensure it has execute permission, and run it - from the command line (or from a cron job) with no parameters. - </para> - </section> - -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/requiredsoftware.xml b/docs/xml/requiredsoftware.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4a751c0c7..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/requiredsoftware.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> -<appendix id="downloadlinks"> - <title>Software Download Links</title> - - <para>All of these sites are current as of April, 2001. Hopefully they'll - stay current for a while.</para> - - <para>Apache Web Server: - <ulink url="http://www.apache.org/"/> - - Optional web server for Bugzilla, but recommended because of broad user - base and support.</para> - - <para>Bugzilla: - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/"/> - </para> - - <para>MySQL: - <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/"/> - </para> - - <para>Perl: - <ulink url="http://www.perl.org/"/> - </para> - - <para>CPAN: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/"/> - </para> - - <para>DBI Perl module: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/DBI/"/> - </para> - - <para>MySQL related Perl modules: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Mysql/"/> - </para> - - <para>TimeDate Perl module collection: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Date/"/> - </para> - - <para>GD Perl module: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/GD/"/> - - Alternately, you should be able to find the latest version of GD at - <ulink url="http://www.boutell.com/gd/"/> - </para> - - <para>Chart::Base module: - <ulink url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Chart/"/> - </para> - - <para>(But remember, Bundle::Bugzilla will install all the modules for you.) - </para> -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - diff --git a/docs/xml/security.xml b/docs/xml/security.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 651b45241..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/security.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,367 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"> --> -<!-- $Id: security.xml,v 1.18 2007/09/03 10:12:04 lpsolit%gmail.com Exp $ --> - -<chapter id="security"> -<title>Bugzilla Security</title> - - <para>While some of the items in this chapter are related to the operating - system Bugzilla is running on or some of the support software required to - run Bugzilla, it is all related to protecting your data. This is not - intended to be a comprehensive guide to securing Linux, Apache, MySQL, or - any other piece of software mentioned. There is no substitute for active - administration and monitoring of a machine. The key to good security is - actually right in the middle of the word: <emphasis>U R It</emphasis>. - </para> - - <para>While programmers in general always strive to write secure code, - accidents can and do happen. The best approach to security is to always - assume that the program you are working with isn't 100% secure and restrict - its access to other parts of your machine as much as possible. - </para> - - <section id="security-os"> - <title>Operating System</title> - - <section id="security-os-ports"> - <title>TCP/IP Ports</title> - - <!-- TODO: Get exact number of ports --> - <para>The TCP/IP standard defines more than 65,000 ports for sending - and receiving traffic. Of those, Bugzilla needs exactly one to operate - (different configurations and options may require up to 3). You should - audit your server and make sure that you aren't listening on any ports - you don't need to be. It's also highly recommended that the server - Bugzilla resides on, along with any other machines you administer, be - placed behind some kind of firewall. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="security-os-accounts"> - <title>System User Accounts</title> - - <para>Many <glossterm linkend="gloss-daemon">daemons</glossterm>, such - as Apache's <filename>httpd</filename> or MySQL's - <filename>mysqld</filename>, run as either <quote>root</quote> or - <quote>nobody</quote>. This is even worse on Windows machines where the - majority of <glossterm linkend="gloss-service">services</glossterm> - run as <quote>SYSTEM</quote>. While running as <quote>root</quote> or - <quote>SYSTEM</quote> introduces obvious security concerns, the - problems introduced by running everything as <quote>nobody</quote> may - not be so obvious. Basically, if you run every daemon as - <quote>nobody</quote> and one of them gets compromised it can - compromise every other daemon running as <quote>nobody</quote> on your - machine. For this reason, it is recommended that you create a user - account for each daemon. - </para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to set the <option>webservergroup</option> option - in <filename>localconfig</filename> to the group your web server runs - as. This will allow <filename>./checksetup.pl</filename> to set file - permissions on Unix systems so that nothing is world-writable. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="security-os-chroot"> - <title>The <filename>chroot</filename> Jail</title> - - <para> - If your system supports it, you may wish to consider running - Bugzilla inside of a <filename>chroot</filename> jail. This option - provides unprecedented security by restricting anything running - inside the jail from accessing any information outside of it. If you - wish to use this option, please consult the documentation that came - with your system. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - - - <section id="security-mysql"> - <title>MySQL</title> - - <section id="security-mysql-account"> - <title>The MySQL System Account</title> - - <para>As mentioned in <xref linkend="security-os-accounts"/>, the MySQL - daemon should run as a non-privileged, unique user. Be sure to consult - the MySQL documentation or the documentation that came with your system - for instructions. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="security-mysql-root"> - <title>The MySQL <quote>root</quote> and <quote>anonymous</quote> Users</title> - - <para>By default, MySQL comes with a <quote>root</quote> user with a - blank password and an <quote>anonymous</quote> user, also with a blank - password. In order to protect your data, the <quote>root</quote> user - should be given a password and the anonymous user should be disabled. - </para> - - <example id="security-mysql-account-root"> - <title>Assigning the MySQL <quote>root</quote> User a Password</title> - - <screen> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> mysql mysql -<prompt>mysql></prompt> UPDATE user SET password = password('<replaceable>new_password</replaceable>') WHERE user = 'root'; -<prompt>mysql></prompt> FLUSH PRIVILEGES; - </screen> - </example> - - <example id="security-mysql-account-anonymous"> - <title>Disabling the MySQL <quote>anonymous</quote> User</title> - <screen> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> mysql -u root -p mysql <co id="security-mysql-account-anonymous-mysql"/> -<prompt>Enter Password:</prompt> <replaceable>new_password</replaceable> -<prompt>mysql></prompt> DELETE FROM user WHERE user = ''; -<prompt>mysql></prompt> FLUSH PRIVILEGES; - </screen> - <calloutlist> - <callout arearefs="security-mysql-account-anonymous-mysql"> - <para>This command assumes that you have already completed - <xref linkend="security-mysql-account-root"/>. - </para> - </callout> - </calloutlist> - </example> - - </section> - - <section id="security-mysql-network"> - <title>Network Access</title> - - <para>If MySQL and your web server both run on the same machine and you - have no other reason to access MySQL remotely, then you should disable - the network access. This, along with the suggestion in - <xref linkend="security-os-ports"/>, will help protect your system from - any remote vulnerabilities in MySQL. - </para> - - <example id="security-mysql-network-ex"> - <title>Disabling Networking in MySQL</title> - - <para>Simply enter the following in <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename>: - <screen> -[mysqld] -# Prevent network access to MySQL. -skip-networking - </screen> - </para> - </example> - - </section> - - -<!-- For possible addition in the future: How to better control the bugs user - <section id="security-mysql-bugs"> - <title>The bugs User</title> - - </section> ---> - - </section> - - - - <section id="security-webserver"> - <title>Web server</title> - - <section id="security-webserver-access"> - <title>Disabling Remote Access to Bugzilla Configuration Files</title> - - <para> - There are many files that are placed in the Bugzilla directory - area that should not be accessible from the web server. Because of the way - Bugzilla is currently layed out, the list of what should and should not - be accessible is rather complicated. A quick way is to run - <filename>testserver.pl</filename> to check if your web server serves - Bugzilla files as expected. If not, you may want to follow the few - steps below. - </para> - - <tip> - <para>Bugzilla ships with the ability to create - <glossterm linkend="gloss-htaccess"><filename>.htaccess</filename></glossterm> - files that enforce these rules. Instructions for enabling these - directives in Apache can be found in <xref linkend="http-apache"/> - </para> - </tip> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>In the main Bugzilla directory, you should:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.pl</filename></member> - <member><filename>*localconfig*</filename></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">data</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>But allow: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>duplicates.rdf</filename></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">data/webdot</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>If you use a remote webdot server:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>But allow - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.dot</filename></member> - </simplelist> - only for the remote webdot server</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Otherwise, if you use a local GraphViz:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>But allow: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.png</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.gif</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.jpg</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.map</filename></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>And if you don't use any dot:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">Bugzilla</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">template</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>Be sure to test that data that should not be accessed remotely is - properly blocked. Of particular interest is the localconfig file which - contains your database password. Also, be aware that many editors - create temporary and backup files in the working directory and that - those should also not be accessible. For more information, see - <ulink url="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=186383">bug 186383</ulink> - or - <ulink url="http://online.securityfocus.com/bid/6501">Bugtraq ID 6501</ulink>. - To test, simply run <filename>testserver.pl</filename>, as said above. - </para> - - <tip> - <para>Be sure to check <xref linkend="http"/> for instructions - specific to the web server you use. - </para> - </tip> - - </section> - - - </section> - - - <section id="security-bugzilla"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="security-bugzilla-charset"> - <title>Prevent users injecting malicious Javascript</title> - - <para>If you installed Bugzilla version 2.22 or later from scratch, - then the <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> parameter is switched on by default. - This makes Bugzilla explicitly set the character encoding, following - <ulink - url="http://www.cert.org/tech_tips/malicious_code_mitigation.html#3">a - CERT advisory</ulink> recommending exactly this. - The following therefore does not apply to you; just keep - <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> turned on. - </para> - - <para>If you've upgraded from an older version, then it may be possible - for a Bugzilla user to take advantage of character set encoding - ambiguities to inject HTML into Bugzilla comments. - This could include malicious scripts. - This is because due to internationalization concerns, we are unable to - turn the <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> parameter on by default for upgraded - installations. - Turning it on manually will prevent this problem. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> - diff --git a/docs/xml/troubleshooting.xml b/docs/xml/troubleshooting.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c6c185993..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/troubleshooting.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"> --> -<!-- $Id: troubleshooting.xml,v 1.13 2007/07/24 18:22:02 timeless%mozdev.org Exp $ --> - -<appendix id="troubleshooting"> -<title>Troubleshooting</title> - - <para>This section gives solutions to common Bugzilla installation - problems. If none of the section headings seems to match your - problem, read the general advice. - </para> - - <section id="general-advice"> - <title>General Advice</title> - <para>If you can't get <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> to run to - completion, it normally explains what's wrong and how to fix it. - If you can't work it out, or if it's being uncommunicative, post - the errors in the - <ulink url="news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla">mozilla.support.bugzilla</ulink> - newsgroup. - </para> - - <para>If you have made it all the way through - <xref linkend="installation"/> (Installation) and - <xref linkend="configuration"/> (Configuration) but accessing the Bugzilla - URL doesn't work, the first thing to do is to check your web server error - log. For Apache, this is often located at - <filename>/etc/logs/httpd/error_log</filename>. The error messages - you see may be self-explanatory enough to enable you to diagnose and - fix the problem. If not, see below for some commonly-encountered - errors. If that doesn't help, post the errors to the newsgroup. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla can also log all user-based errors (and many code-based errors) - that occur, without polluting the web server's error log. To enable - Bugzilla error logging, create a file that Bugzilla can write to, named - <filename>errorlog</filename>, in the Bugzilla <filename>data</filename> - directory. Errors will be logged as they occur, and will include the type - of the error, the IP address and username (if available) of the user who - triggered the error, and the values of all environment variables; if a - form was being submitted, the data in the form will also be included. - To disable error logging, delete or rename the - <filename>errorlog</filename> file. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-testserver"> - <title>The Apache web server is not serving Bugzilla pages</title> - <para>After you have run <command>checksetup.pl</command> twice, - run <command>testserver.pl http://yoursite.yourdomain/yoururl</command> - to confirm that your web server is configured properly for - Bugzilla. - </para> - <programlisting> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> ./testserver.pl http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip -TEST-OK Webserver is running under group id in $webservergroup. -TEST-OK Got ant picture. -TEST-OK Webserver is executing CGIs. -TEST-OK Webserver is preventing fetch of http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/localconfig. -</programlisting> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-perlmodule"> - <title>I installed a Perl module, but - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> claims it's not installed!</title> - - <para>This could be caused by one of two things:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>You have two versions of Perl on your machine. You are installing - modules into one, and Bugzilla is using the other. Rerun the CPAN - commands (or manual compile) using the full path to Perl from the - top of <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. This will make sure you - are installing the modules in the right place. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>The permissions on your library directories are set incorrectly. - They must, at the very least, be readable by the web server user or - group. It is recommended that they be world readable. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-dbdSponge"> - <title>DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed</title> - - <para>The following error message may appear due to a bug in DBD::mysql - (over which the Bugzilla team have no control): - </para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed: Cannot determine NUM_OF_FIELDS at D:/Perl/site/lib/DBD/mysql.pm line 248. - SV = NULL(0x0) at 0x20fc444 - REFCNT = 1 - FLAGS = (PADBUSY,PADMY) -]]></programlisting> - - <para>To fix this, go to - <filename><path-to-perl>/lib/DBD/sponge.pm</filename> - in your Perl installation and replace - </para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ my $numFields; - if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { - $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; - } elsif ($attribs->{'NAME'}) { - $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAME}}; -]]></programlisting> - - <para>with</para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ my $numFields; - if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { - $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; - } elsif ($attribs->{'NAMES'}) { - $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAMES}}; -]]></programlisting> - - <para>(note the S added to NAME.)</para> - </section> - - <section id="paranoid-security"> - <title>cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue)</title> - - <para>If you are installing Bugzilla on SuSE Linux, or some other - distributions with <quote>paranoid</quote> security options, it is - possible that the checksetup.pl script may fail with the error: -<programlisting><![CDATA[cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue): Permission denied -]]></programlisting> - </para> - - <para>This is because your <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename> - directory has a mode of <computeroutput>drwx------</computeroutput>. - Type <command>chmod 755 <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename></command> - as root to fix this problem. This will allow any process running on your - machine the ability to <emphasis>read</emphasis> the - <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename> directory. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-relogin-everyone"> - <title>Everybody is constantly being forced to relogin</title> - - <para>The most-likely cause is that the <quote>cookiepath</quote> parameter - is not set correctly in the Bugzilla configuration. You can change this (if - you're a Bugzilla administrator) from the editparams.cgi page via the web interface. - </para> - - <para>The value of the cookiepath parameter should be the actual directory - containing your Bugzilla installation, <emphasis>as seen by the end-user's - web browser</emphasis>. Leading and trailing slashes are mandatory. You can - also set the cookiepath to any directory which is a parent of the Bugzilla - directory (such as '/', the root directory). But you can't put something - that isn't at least a partial match or it won't work. What you're actually - doing is restricting the end-user's browser to sending the cookies back only - to that directory. - </para> - - <para>How do you know if you want your specific Bugzilla directory or the - whole site? - </para> - - <para>If you have only one Bugzilla running on the server, and you don't - mind having other applications on the same server with it being able to see - the cookies (you might be doing this on purpose if you have other things on - your site that share authentication with Bugzilla), then you'll want to have - the cookiepath set to "/", or to a sufficiently-high enough directory that - all of the involved apps can see the cookies. - </para> - - <example id="trbl-relogin-everyone-share"> - <title>Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs for sharing login cookies</title> - - <blockquote> - <literallayout> - urlbase is <ulink url="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/"/> - cookiepath is / - - urlbase is <ulink url="http://tools.mysite.tld/bugzilla/"/> - but you have http://tools.mysite.tld/someotherapp/ which shares - authentication with your Bugzilla - cookiepath is / - </literallayout> - </blockquote> - </example> - - <para>On the other hand, if you have more than one Bugzilla running on the - server (some people do - we do on landfill) then you need to have the - cookiepath restricted enough so that the different Bugzillas don't - confuse their cookies with one another. - </para> - - - <example id="trbl-relogin-everyone-restrict"> - <title>Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs to restrict the login cookie</title> - <blockquote> - <literallayout> - urlbase is <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/"/> - cookiepath is /bugzilla-tip/ - - urlbase is <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-2.16-branch/"/> - cookiepath is /bugzilla-2.16-branch/ - </literallayout> - </blockquote> - </example> - - <para>If you had cookiepath set to <quote>/</quote> at any point in the - past and need to set it to something more restrictive - (i.e. <quote>/bugzilla/</quote>), you can safely do this without - requiring users to delete their Bugzilla-related cookies in their - browser (this is true starting with Bugzilla 2.18 and Bugzilla 2.16.5). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-relogin-some"> - <title>Some users are constantly being forced to relogin</title> - - <para>First, make sure cookies are enabled in the user's browser. - </para> - - <para>If that doesn't fix the problem, it may be that the user's ISP - implements a rotating proxy server. This causes the user's effective IP - address (the address which the Bugzilla server perceives him coming from) - to change periodically. Since Bugzilla cookies are tied to a specific IP - address, each time the effective address changes, the user will have to - log in again. - </para> - - <para>If you are using 2.18 (or later), there is a - parameter called <quote>loginnetmask</quote>, which you can use to set - the number of bits of the user's IP address to require to be matched when - authenticating the cookies. If you set this to something less than 32, - then the user will be given a checkbox for <quote>Restrict this login to - my IP address</quote> on the login screen, which defaults to checked. If - they leave the box checked, Bugzilla will behave the same as it did - before, requiring an exact match on their IP address to remain logged in. - If they uncheck the box, then only the left side of their IP address (up - to the number of bits you specified in the parameter) has to match to - remain logged in. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="trbl-index"> - <title><filename>index.cgi</filename> doesn't show up unless specified in the URL</title> - <para> - You probably need to set up your web server in such a way that it - will serve the index.cgi page as an index page. - </para> - <para> - If you are using Apache, you can do this by adding - <filename>index.cgi</filename> to the end of the - <computeroutput>DirectoryIndex</computeroutput> line - as mentioned in <xref linkend="http-apache"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="trbl-passwd-encryption"> - <title> - checksetup.pl reports "Client does not support authentication protocol - requested by server..." - </title> - - <para> - This error is occurring because you are using the new password - encryption that comes with MySQL 4.1, while your - <filename>DBD::mysql</filename> module was compiled against an - older version of MySQL. If you recompile <filename>DBD::mysql</filename> - against the current MySQL libraries (or just obtain a newer version - of this module) then the error may go away. - </para> - - <para> - If that does not fix the problem, or if you cannot recompile the - existing module (e.g. you're running Windows) and/or don't want to - replace it (e.g. you want to keep using a packaged version), then a - workaround is available from the MySQL docs: - <ulink url="http://dev.mysql.com/doc/mysql/en/Old_client.html"/> - </para> - - </section> - -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> - - diff --git a/docs/xml/using.xml b/docs/xml/using.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 101a9d131..000000000 --- a/docs/xml/using.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1957 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN"> --> - -<chapter id="using"> - <title>Using Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="using-intro"> - <title>Introduction</title> - <para>This section contains information for end-users of Bugzilla. There - is a Bugzilla test installation, called - <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/">Landfill</ulink>, which you are - welcome to play with (if it's up). However, not all of the Bugzilla - installations there will necessarily have all Bugzilla features enabled, - and different installations run different versions, so some things may not - quite work as this document describes.</para> - - <para> - Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) are available and answered on - <ulink url="http://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:FAQ">wiki.mozilla.org</ulink>. - They may cover some questions you have which are left unanswered. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="myaccount"> - <title>Create a Bugzilla Account</title> - - <para>If you want to use Bugzilla, first you need to create an account. - Consult with the administrator responsible for your installation of - Bugzilla for the URL you should use to access it. If you're - test-driving Bugzilla, use this URL: - <ulink url="&landfillbase;"/>. - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - On the home page <filename>index.cgi</filename>, click the - <quote>Open a new Bugzilla account</quote> link, or the - <quote>New Account</quote> link available in the footer of pages. - Now enter your email address, then click the <quote>Send</quote> - button. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If none of these links is available, this means that the - administrator of the installation has disabled self-registration. - This means that only an administrator can create accounts - for other users. One reason could be that this installation is - private. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - Also, if only some users are allowed to create an account on - the installation, you may see these links but your registration - may fail if your email address doesn't match the ones accepted - by the installation. This is another way to restrict who can - access and edit bugs in this installation. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Within moments, and if your registration is accepted, you should - receive an email to the address you provided, which contains your - login name (generally the same as the email address), and two URLs - with a token (a random string generated by the installation) to - confirm, respectively cancel, your registration. This is a way to - prevent users from abusing the generation of user accounts, for - instance by entering inexistent email addresses, or email addresses - which do not belong to them. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - By default, you have 3 days to confirm your registration. Past this - timeframe, the token is invalidated and the registration is - automatically canceled. You can also cancel this registration sooner - by using the appropriate URL in the email you got. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you confirm your registration, Bugzilla will ask you your real name - (optional, but recommended) and your password, which must be between - 3 and 16 characters long. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Now all you need to do is to click the <quote>Log In</quote> - link in the footer at the bottom of the page in your browser, - enter your email address and password you just chose into the - login form, and click the <quote>Log in</quote> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - You are now logged in. Bugzilla uses cookies to remember you are - logged in so, unless you have cookies disabled or your IP address changes, - you should not have to log in again during your session. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="bug_page"> - <title>Anatomy of a Bug</title> - - <para>The core of Bugzilla is the screen which displays a particular - bug. It's a good place to explain some Bugzilla concepts. - <ulink - url="&landfillbase;show_bug.cgi?id=1"> - Bug 1 on Landfill</ulink> - - is a good example. Note that the labels for most fields are hyperlinks; - clicking them will take you to context-sensitive help on that - particular field. Fields marked * may not be present on every - installation of Bugzilla.</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Product and Component</emphasis>: - Bugs are divided up by Product and Component, with a Product - having one or more Components in it. For example, - bugzilla.mozilla.org's "Bugzilla" Product is composed of several - Components: - <simplelist> - <member> - <emphasis>Administration:</emphasis> - Administration of a Bugzilla installation.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Bugzilla-General:</emphasis> - Anything that doesn't fit in the other components, or spans - multiple components.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Creating/Changing Bugs:</emphasis> - Creating, changing, and viewing bugs.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Documentation:</emphasis> - The Bugzilla documentation, including The Bugzilla Guide.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Email:</emphasis> - Anything to do with email sent by Bugzilla.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Installation:</emphasis> - The installation process of Bugzilla.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Query/Buglist:</emphasis> - Anything to do with searching for bugs and viewing the - buglists.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Reporting/Charting:</emphasis> - Getting reports from Bugzilla.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>User Accounts:</emphasis> - Anything about managing a user account from the user's perspective. - Saved queries, creating accounts, changing passwords, logging in, - etc.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>User Interface:</emphasis> - General issues having to do with the user interface cosmetics (not - functionality) including cosmetic issues, HTML templates, - etc.</member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Status and Resolution:</emphasis> - - These define exactly what state the bug is in - from not even - being confirmed as a bug, through to being fixed and the fix - confirmed by Quality Assurance. The different possible values for - Status and Resolution on your installation should be documented in the - context-sensitive help for those items.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Assigned To:</emphasis> - The person responsible for fixing the bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*QA Contact:</emphasis> - The person responsible for quality assurance on this bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*URL:</emphasis> - A URL associated with the bug, if any.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Summary:</emphasis> - A one-sentence summary of the problem.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Status Whiteboard:</emphasis> - (a.k.a. Whiteboard) A free-form text area for adding short notes - and tags to a bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Keywords:</emphasis> - The administrator can define keywords which you can use to tag and - categorise bugs - e.g. The Mozilla Project has keywords like crash - and regression.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Platform and OS:</emphasis> - These indicate the computing environment where the bug was - found.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Version:</emphasis> - The "Version" field is usually used for versions of a product which - have been released, and is set to indicate which versions of a - Component have the particular problem the bug report is - about.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Priority:</emphasis> - The bug assignee uses this field to prioritize his or her bugs. - It's a good idea not to change this on other people's bugs.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Severity:</emphasis> - This indicates how severe the problem is - from blocker - ("application unusable") to trivial ("minor cosmetic issue"). You - can also use this field to indicate whether a bug is an enhancement - request.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Target:</emphasis> - (a.k.a. Target Milestone) A future version by which the bug is to - be fixed. e.g. The Bugzilla Project's milestones for future - Bugzilla versions are 2.18, 2.20, 3.0, etc. Milestones are not - restricted to numbers, thought - you can use any text strings, such - as dates.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Reporter:</emphasis> - The person who filed the bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>CC list:</emphasis> - A list of people who get mail when the bug changes.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Time Tracking:</emphasis> - This form can be used for time tracking. - To use this feature, you have to be blessed group membership - specified by the <quote>timetrackinggroup</quote> parameter. - <simplelist> - <member> - <emphasis>Orig. Est.:</emphasis> - This field shows the original estimated time.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Current Est.:</emphasis> - This field shows the current estimated time. - This number is calculated from <quote>Hours Worked</quote> - and <quote>Hours Left</quote>.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Hours Worked:</emphasis> - This field shows the number of hours worked.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Hours Left:</emphasis> - This field shows the <quote>Current Est.</quote> - - <quote>Hours Worked</quote>. - This value + <quote>Hours Worked</quote> will become the - new Current Est.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>%Complete:</emphasis> - This field shows what percentage of the task is complete.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Gain:</emphasis> - This field shows the number of hours that the bug is ahead of the - <quote>Orig. Est.</quote>.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Deadline:</emphasis> - This field shows the deadline for this bug.</member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Attachments:</emphasis> - You can attach files (e.g. testcases or patches) to bugs. If there - are any attachments, they are listed in this section. Attachments are - normally stored in the Bugzilla database, unless they are marked as - Big Files, which are stored directly on disk. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Dependencies:</emphasis> - If this bug cannot be fixed unless other bugs are fixed (depends - on), or this bug stops other bugs being fixed (blocks), their - numbers are recorded here.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Votes:</emphasis> - Whether this bug has any votes.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Additional Comments:</emphasis> - You can add your two cents to the bug discussion here, if you have - something worthwhile to say.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="lifecycle"> - <title>Life Cycle of a Bug</title> - - <para> - The life cycle, also known as work flow, of a bug is currently hardcoded - into Bugzilla. <xref linkend="lifecycle-image"/> contains a graphical - representation of this life cycle. If you wish to customize this image for - your site, the <ulink url="../images/bzLifecycle.xml">diagram file</ulink> - is available in <ulink url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia">Dia's</ulink> - native XML format. - </para> - - <figure id="lifecycle-image"> - <title>Lifecycle of a Bugzilla Bug</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="../images/bzLifecycle.png" scale="66" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section id="query"> - <title>Searching for Bugs</title> - - <para>The Bugzilla Search page is the interface where you can find - any bug report, comment, or patch currently in the Bugzilla system. You - can play with it here: - <ulink url="&landfillbase;query.cgi"/>.</para> - - <para>The Search page has controls for selecting different possible - values for all of the fields in a bug, as described above. For some - fields, multiple values can be selected. In those cases, Bugzilla - returns bugs where the content of the field matches any one of the selected - values. If none is selected, then the field can take any value.</para> - - <para> - After a search is run, you can save it as a Saved Search, which - will appear in the page footer. If you are in the group defined - by the "querysharegroup" parameter, you may share your queries - with other users, see <xref linkend="savedsearches"/> for more details. - </para> - - <section id="boolean"> - <title>Boolean Charts</title> - <para> - Highly advanced querying is done using Boolean Charts. - </para> - <para> - The boolean charts further restrict the set of results - returned by a query. It is possible to search for bugs - based on elaborate combinations of criteria. - </para> - <para> - The simplest boolean searches have only one term. These searches - permit the selected left <emphasis>field</emphasis> - to be compared using a - selectable <emphasis>operator</emphasis> to a - specified <emphasis>value.</emphasis> - Using the "And," "Or," and "Add Another Boolean Chart" buttons, - additional terms can be included in the query, further - altering the list of bugs returned by the query. - </para> - <para> - There are three fields in each row of a boolean search. - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Field:</emphasis> - the items being searched - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Operator:</emphasis> - the comparison operator - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Value:</emphasis> - the value to which the field is being compared - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <section id="pronouns"> - <title>Pronoun Substitution</title> - <para> - Sometimes, a query needs to compare a user-related field - (such as ReportedBy) with a role-specific user (such as the - user running the query or the user to whom each bug is assigned). - When the operator is either "equals" or "notequals", the value - can be "%reporter%", "%assignee%", "%qacontact%", or "%user%". - The user pronoun - refers to the user who is executing the query or, in the case - of whining reports, the user who will be the recipient - of the report. The reporter, assignee, and qacontact - pronouns refer to the corresponding fields in the bug. - </para> - <para> - Boolean charts also let you type a group name in any user-related - field if the operator is either "equals", "notequals" or "anyexact". - This will let you query for any member belonging (or not) to the - specified group. The group name must be entered following the - "%group.foo%" syntax, where "foo" is the group name. - So if you are looking for bugs reported by any user being in the - "editbugs" group, then you can type "%group.editbugs%". - </para> - </section> - <section id="negation"> - <title>Negation</title> - <para> - At first glance, negation seems redundant. Rather than - searching for - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT("summary" "contains the string" "foo"), - </para> - </blockquote> - one could search for - <blockquote> - <para> - ("summary" "does not contain the string" "foo"). - </para> - </blockquote> - However, the search - <blockquote> - <para> - ("CC" "does not contain the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would find every bug where anyone on the CC list did not contain - "@mozilla.org" while - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT("CC" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would find every bug where there was nobody on the CC list who - did contain the string. Similarly, the use of negation also permits - complex expressions to be built using terms OR'd together and then - negated. Negation permits queries such as - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT(("product" "equals" "update") OR - ("component" "equals" "Documentation")) - </para> - </blockquote> - to find bugs that are neither - in the update product or in the documentation component or - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT(("commenter" "equals" "%assignee%") OR - ("component" "equals" "Documentation")) - </para> - </blockquote> - to find non-documentation - bugs on which the assignee has never commented. - </para> - </section> - <section id="multiplecharts"> - <title>Multiple Charts</title> - <para> - The terms within a single row of a boolean chart are all - constraints on a single piece of data. If you are looking for - a bug that has two different people cc'd on it, then you need - to use two boolean charts. A search for - <blockquote> - <para> - ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") AND - ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would return only bugs with "foo@mozilla.org" on the cc list. - If you wanted bugs where there is someone on the cc list - containing "foo@" and someone else containing "@mozilla.org", - then you would need two boolean charts. - <blockquote> - <para> - First chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") - </para> - <para> - Second chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - The bugs listed will be only the bugs where ALL the charts are true. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="quicksearch"> - <title>Quicksearch</title> - - <para> - Quicksearch is a single-text-box query tool which uses - metacharacters to indicate what is to be searched. For example, typing - "<literal>foo|bar</literal>" - into Quicksearch would search for "foo" or "bar" in the - summary and status whiteboard of a bug; adding - "<literal>:BazProduct</literal>" would - search only in that product. - You can use it to find a bug by its number or its alias, too. - </para> - - <para> - You'll find the Quicksearch box in Bugzilla's footer area. - On Bugzilla's front page, there is an additional - <ulink url="../../page.cgi?id=quicksearch.html">Help</ulink> - link which details how to use it. - </para> - </section> - <section id="casesensitivity"> - <title>Case Sensitivity in Searches</title> - <para> - Bugzilla queries are case-insensitive and accent-insensitive, when - used with either MySQL or Oracle databases. When using Bugzilla with - PostgreSQL, however, some queries are case-sensitive. This is due to - the way PostgreSQL handles case and accent sensitivity. - </para> - </section> - <section id="list"> - <title>Bug Lists</title> - - <para>If you run a search, a list of matching bugs will be returned. - </para> - - <para>The format of the list is configurable. For example, it can be - sorted by clicking the column headings. Other useful features can be - accessed using the links at the bottom of the list: - <simplelist> - <member> - <emphasis>Long Format:</emphasis> - - this gives you a large page with a non-editable summary of the fields - of each bug.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>XML:</emphasis> - - get the buglist in the XML format.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>CSV:</emphasis> - - get the buglist as comma-separated values, for import into e.g. - a spreadsheet.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Feed:</emphasis> - - get the buglist as an Atom feed. Copy this link into your - favorite feed reader. If you are using Firefox, you can also - save the list as a live bookmark by clicking the live bookmark - icon in the status bar. To limit the number of bugs in the feed, - add a limit=n parameter to the URL.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>iCalendar:</emphasis> - - Get the buglist as an iCalendar file. Each bug is represented as a - to-do item in the imported calendar.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Change Columns:</emphasis> - - change the bug attributes which appear in the list.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Change several bugs at once:</emphasis> - - If your account is sufficiently empowered, and more than one bug - appear in the bug list, this link is displayed which lets you make - the same change to all the bugs in the list - for example, changing - their assignee.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Send mail to bug assignees:</emphasis> - - If more than one bug appear in the bug list and there are at least - two distinct bug assignees, this links is displayed which lets you - easily send a mail to the assignees of all bugs on the list.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Edit Search:</emphasis> - - If you didn't get exactly the results you were looking for, you can - return to the Query page through this link and make small revisions - to the query you just made so you get more accurate results.</member> - - <member> - <emphasis>Remember Search As:</emphasis> - - You can give a search a name and remember it; a link will appear - in your page footer giving you quick access to run it again later. - </member> - </simplelist> - </para> - - <para> - If you would like to access the bug list from another program - it is often useful to have the list returned in something other - than HTML. By adding the ctype=type parameter into the bug list URL - you can specify several alternate formats. Besides the types described - above, the following formats are also supported: ECMAScript, also known - as JavaScript (ctype=js), and Resource Description Framework RDF/XML - (ctype=rdf). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="individual-buglists"> - <title>Adding/removing tags to/from bugs</title> - <para> - You can add and remove tags from individual bugs, which let you find and - manage them more easily. Creating a new tag automatically generates a saved - search - whose name is the name of the tag - which lists bugs with this tag. - This saved search will be displayed in the footer of pages by default, as - all other saved searches. The main difference between tags and normal saved - searches is that saved searches, as described in the previous section, are - stored in the form of a list of matching criteria, while the saved search - generated by tags is a list of bug numbers. Consequently, you can easily - edit this list by either adding or removing tags from bugs. To enable this - feature, you have to turn on the <quote>Enable tags for bugs</quote> user - preference, see <xref linkend="userpreferences" />. This feature is disabled - by default. - </para> - - <para> - This feature is useful when you want to keep track of several bugs, but - for different reasons. Instead of adding yourself to the CC list of all - these bugs and mixing all these reasons, you can now store these bugs in - separate lists, e.g. <quote>Keep in mind</quote>, <quote>Interesting bugs</quote>, - or <quote>Triage</quote>. One big advantage of this way to manage bugs - is that you can easily add or remove bugs one by one, which is not - possible to do with saved searches without having to edit the search - criteria again. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="bugreports"> - <title>Filing Bugs</title> - - <section id="fillingbugs"> - <title>Reporting a New Bug</title> - - <para>Years of bug writing experience has been distilled for your - reading pleasure into the - <ulink - url="&landfillbase;page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html"> - Bug Writing Guidelines</ulink>. - While some of the advice is Mozilla-specific, the basic principles of - reporting Reproducible, Specific bugs, isolating the Product you are - using, the Version of the Product, the Component which failed, the - Hardware Platform, and Operating System you were using at the time of - the failure go a long way toward ensuring accurate, responsible fixes - for the bug that bit you.</para> - - <para>The procedure for filing a bug is as follows:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <quote>New</quote> link available in the footer - of pages, or the <quote>Enter a new bug report</quote> link - displayed on the home page of the Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you want to file a test bug to see how Bugzilla works, - you can do it on one of our test installations on - <ulink url="&landfillbase;">Landfill</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You first have to select the product in which you found a bug. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You now see a form where you can specify the component (part of - the product which is affected by the bug you discovered; if you have - no idea, just select <quote>General</quote> if such a component exists), - the version of the program you were using, the Operating System and - platform your program is running on and the severity of the bug (if the - bug you found crashes the program, it's probably a major or a critical - bug; if it's a typo somewhere, that's something pretty minor; if it's - something you would like to see implemented, then that's an enhancement). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You now have to give a short but descriptive summary of the bug you found. - <quote>My program is crashing all the time</quote> is a very poor summary - and doesn't help developers at all. Try something more meaningful or - your bug will probably be ignored due to a lack of precision. - The next step is to give a very detailed list of steps to reproduce - the problem you encountered. Try to limit these steps to a minimum set - required to reproduce the problem. This will make the life of - developers easier, and the probability that they consider your bug in - a reasonable timeframe will be much higher. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Try to make sure that everything in the summary is also in the first - comment. Summaries are often updated and this will ensure your original - information is easily accessible. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - As you file the bug, you can also attach a document (testcase, patch, - or screenshot of the problem). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Depending on the Bugzilla installation you are using and the product in - which you are filing the bug, you can also request developers to consider - your bug in different ways (such as requesting review for the patch you - just attached, requesting your bug to block the next release of the - product, and many other product specific requests). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Now is a good time to read your bug report again. Remove all misspellings, - otherwise your bug may not be found by developers running queries for some - specific words, and so your bug would not get any attention. - Also make sure you didn't forget any important information developers - should know in order to reproduce the problem, and make sure your - description of the problem is explicit and clear enough. - When you think your bug report is ready to go, the last step is to - click the <quote>Commit</quote> button to add your report into the database. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - You do not need to put "any" or similar strings in the URL field. - If there is no specific URL associated with the bug, leave this - field blank. - </para> - - <para>If you feel a bug you filed was incorrectly marked as a - DUPLICATE of another, please question it in your bug, not - the bug it was duped to. Feel free to CC the person who duped it - if they are not already CCed. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cloningbugs"> - <title>Clone an Existing Bug</title> - - <para> - Starting with version 2.20, Bugzilla has a feature that allows you - to clone an existing bug. The newly created bug will inherit - most settings from the old bug. This allows you to track more - easily similar concerns in a new bug. To use this, go to the bug - that you want to clone, then click the <quote>Clone This Bug</quote> - link on the bug page. This will take you to the <quote>Enter Bug</quote> - page that is filled with the values that the old bug has. - You can change those values and/or texts if needed. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="attachments"> - <title>Attachments</title> - - <para> - You should use attachments, rather than comments, for large chunks of ASCII - data, such as trace, debugging output files, or log files. That way, it - doesn't bloat the bug for everyone who wants to read it, and cause people to - receive fat, useless mails. - </para> - - <para>You should make sure to trim screenshots. There's no need to show the - whole screen if you are pointing out a single-pixel problem. - </para> - - <para>Bugzilla stores and uses a Content-Type for each attachment - (e.g. text/html). To download an attachment as a different - Content-Type (e.g. application/xhtml+xml), you can override this - using a 'content_type' parameter on the URL, e.g. - <filename>&content_type=text/plain</filename>. - </para> - - <para> - If you have a really large attachment, something that does not need to - be recorded forever (as most attachments are), or something that is too - big for your database, you can mark your attachment as a - <quote>Big File</quote>, assuming the administrator of the installation - has enabled this feature. Big Files are stored directly on disk instead - of in the database. The maximum size of a <quote>Big File</quote> is - normally larger than the maximum size of a regular attachment. Independently - of the storage system used, an administrator can delete these attachments - at any time. Nevertheless, if these files are stored in the database, the - <quote>allow_attachment_deletion</quote> parameter (which is turned off - by default) must be enabled in order to delete them. - </para> - - <para> - Also, if the administrator turned on the <quote>allow_attach_url</quote> - parameter, you can enter the URL pointing to the attachment instead of - uploading the attachment itself. For example, this is useful if you want to - point to an external application, a website or a very large file. Note that - there is no guarantee that the source file will always be available, nor - that its content will remain unchanged. - </para> - - <section id="patchviewer"> - <title>Patch Viewer</title> - - <para>Viewing and reviewing patches in Bugzilla is often difficult due to - lack of context, improper format and the inherent readability issues that - raw patches present. Patch Viewer is an enhancement to Bugzilla designed - to fix that by offering increased context, linking to sections, and - integrating with Bonsai, LXR and CVS.</para> - - <para>Patch viewer allows you to:</para> - - <simplelist> - <member>View patches in color, with side-by-side view rather than trying - to interpret the contents of the patch.</member> - <member>See the difference between two patches.</member> - <member>Get more context in a patch.</member> - <member>Collapse and expand sections of a patch for easy - reading.</member> - <member>Link to a particular section of a patch for discussion or - review</member> - <member>Go to Bonsai or LXR to see more context, blame, and - cross-references for the part of the patch you are looking at</member> - <member>Create a rawtext unified format diff out of any patch, no - matter what format it came from</member> - </simplelist> - - <section id="patchviewer_view"> - <title>Viewing Patches in Patch Viewer</title> - <para>The main way to view a patch in patch viewer is to click on the - "Diff" link next to a patch in the Attachments list on a bug. You may - also do this within the edit window by clicking the "View Attachment As - Diff" button in the Edit Attachment screen.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_diff"> - <title>Seeing the Difference Between Two Patches</title> - <para>To see the difference between two patches, you must first view the - newer patch in Patch Viewer. Then select the older patch from the - dropdown at the top of the page ("Differences between [dropdown] and - this patch") and click the "Diff" button. This will show you what - is new or changed in the newer patch.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_context"> - <title>Getting More Context in a Patch</title> - <para>To get more context in a patch, you put a number in the textbox at - the top of Patch Viewer ("Patch / File / [textbox]") and hit enter. - This will give you that many lines of context before and after each - change. Alternatively, you can click on the "File" link there and it - will show each change in the full context of the file. This feature only - works against files that were diffed using "cvs diff".</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_collapse"> - <title>Collapsing and Expanding Sections of a Patch</title> - <para>To view only a certain set of files in a patch (for example, if a - patch is absolutely huge and you want to only review part of it at a - time), you can click the "(+)" and "(-)" links next to each file (to - expand it or collapse it). If you want to collapse all files or expand - all files, you can click the "Collapse All" and "Expand All" links at the - top of the page.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_link"> - <title>Linking to a Section of a Patch</title> - <para>To link to a section of a patch (for example, if you want to be - able to give someone a URL to show them which part you are talking - about) you simply click the "Link Here" link on the section header. The - resulting URL can be copied and used in discussion.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_bonsai_lxr"> - <title>Going to Bonsai and LXR</title> - <para>To go to Bonsai to get blame for the lines you are interested in, - you can click the "Lines XX-YY" link on the section header you are - interested in. This works even if the patch is against an old - version of the file, since Bonsai stores all versions of the file.</para> - - <para>To go to LXR, you click on the filename on the file header - (unfortunately, since LXR only does the most recent version, line - numbers are likely to rot).</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_unified_diff"> - <title>Creating a Unified Diff</title> - <para>If the patch is not in a format that you like, you can turn it - into a unified diff format by clicking the "Raw Unified" link at the top - of the page.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="hintsandtips"> - <title>Hints and Tips</title> - - <para>This section distills some Bugzilla tips and best practices - that have been developed.</para> - - <section> - <title>Autolinkification</title> - <para>Bugzilla comments are plain text - so typing <U> will - produce less-than, U, greater-than rather than underlined text. - However, Bugzilla will automatically make hyperlinks out of certain - sorts of text in comments. For example, the text - "http://www.bugzilla.org" will be turned into a link: - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org"/>. - Other strings which get linkified in the obvious manner are: - <simplelist> - <member>bug 12345</member> - <member>comment 7</member> - <member>bug 23456, comment 53</member> - <member>attachment 4321</member> - <member>mailto:george@example.com</member> - <member>george@example.com</member> - <member>ftp://ftp.mozilla.org</member> - <member>Most other sorts of URL</member> - </simplelist> - </para> - - <para>A corollary here is that if you type a bug number in a comment, - you should put the word "bug" before it, so it gets autolinkified - for the convenience of others. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="commenting"> - <title>Comments</title> - - <para>If you are changing the fields on a bug, only comment if - either you have something pertinent to say, or Bugzilla requires it. - Otherwise, you may spam people unnecessarily with bug mail. - To take an example: a user can set up their account to filter out messages - where someone just adds themselves to the CC field of a bug - (which happens a lot.) If you come along, add yourself to the CC field, - and add a comment saying "Adding self to CC", then that person - gets a pointless piece of mail they would otherwise have avoided. - </para> - - <para> - Don't use sigs in comments. Signing your name ("Bill") is acceptable, - if you do it out of habit, but full mail/news-style - four line ASCII art creations are not. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="comment-wrapping"> - <title>Server-Side Comment Wrapping</title> - <para> - Bugzilla stores comments unwrapped and wraps them at display time. This - ensures proper wrapping in all browsers. Lines beginning with the ">" - character are assumed to be quotes, and are not wrapped. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="dependencytree"> - <title>Dependency Tree</title> - - <para> - On the <quote>Dependency tree</quote> page linked from each bug - page, you can see the dependency relationship from the bug as a - tree structure. - </para> - - <para> - You can change how much depth to show, and you can hide resolved bugs - from this page. You can also collaps/expand dependencies for - each bug on the tree view, using the [-]/[+] buttons that appear - before its summary. This option is not available for terminal - bugs in the tree (that don't have further dependencies). - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="timetracking"> - <title>Time Tracking Information</title> - - <para> - Users who belong to the group specified by the <quote>timetrackinggroup</quote> - parameter have access to time-related fields. Developers can see - deadlines and estimated times to fix bugs, and can provide time spent - on these bugs. - </para> - - <para> - At any time, a summary of the time spent by developers on bugs is - accessible either from bug lists when clicking the <quote>Time Summary</quote> - button or from individual bugs when clicking the <quote>Summarize time</quote> - link in the time tracking table. The <filename>summarize_time.cgi</filename> - page lets you view this information either per developer or per bug, - and can be split on a month basis to have greater details on how time - is spent by developers. - </para> - - <para> - As soon as a bug is marked as RESOLVED, the remaining time expected - to fix the bug is set to zero. This lets QA people set it again for - their own usage, and it will be set to zero again when the bug will - be marked as CLOSED. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="userpreferences"> - <title>User Preferences</title> - - <para> - Once logged in, you can customize various aspects of - Bugzilla via the "Preferences" link in the page footer. - The preferences are split into five tabs:</para> - - <section id="generalpreferences" xreflabel="General Preferences"> - <title>General Preferences</title> - - <para> - This tab allows you to change several default settings of Bugzilla. - </para> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para> - Bugzilla's general appearance (skin) - select which skin to use. - Bugzilla supports adding custom skins. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Quote the associated comment when you click on its reply link - sets - the behavior of the comment "Reply" link. Options include quoting the - full comment, just reference the comment number, or turn the link off. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Language used in email - select which language email will be sent in, - from the list of available languages. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - After changing a bug - This controls what page is displayed after - changes to a bug are submitted. The options include to show the bug - just modified, to show the next bug in your list, or to do nothing. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enable tags for bugs - turn bug tagging on or off. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Zoom textareas large when in use (requires JavaScript) - enable or - disable the automatic expanding of text areas when text is being - entered into them. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Field separator character for CSV files - - Select between a comma and semi-colon for exported CSV bug lists. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Automatically add me to the CC list of bugs I change - set default - behavior of CC list. Options include "Always", "Never", and "Only - if I have no role on them". - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When viewing a bug, show comments in this order - - controls the order of comments. Options include "Oldest - to Newest", "Newest to Oldest" and "Newest to Oldest, but keep the - bug description at the top". - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Show a quip at the top of each bug list - controls - whether a quip will be shown on the Bug list page. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="emailpreferences"> - <title>Email Preferences</title> - - <para> - This tab allows you to enable or disable email notification on - specific events. - </para> - - <para> - In general, users have almost complete control over how much (or - how little) email Bugzilla sends them. If you want to receive the - maximum amount of email possible, click the <quote>Enable All - Mail</quote> button. If you don't want to receive any email from - Bugzilla at all, click the <quote>Disable All Mail</quote> button. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - A Bugzilla administrator can stop a user from receiving - bugmail by clicking the <quote>Bugmail Disabled</quote> checkbox - when editing the user account. This is a drastic step - best taken only for disabled accounts, as it overrides - the user's individual mail preferences. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - There are two global options -- <quote>Email me when someone - asks me to set a flag</quote> and <quote>Email me when someone - sets a flag I asked for</quote>. These define how you want to - receive bugmail with regards to flags. Their use is quite - straightforward; enable the checkboxes if you want Bugzilla to - send you mail under either of the above conditions. - </para> - - <para> - If you'd like to set your bugmail to something besides - 'Completely ON' and 'Completely OFF', the - <quote>Field/recipient specific options</quote> table - allows you to do just that. The rows of the table - define events that can happen to a bug -- things like - attachments being added, new comments being made, the - priority changing, etc. The columns in the table define - your relationship with the bug: - </para> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para> - Reporter - Where you are the person who initially - reported the bug. Your name/account appears in the - <quote>Reporter:</quote> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Assignee - Where you are the person who has been - designated as the one responsible for the bug. Your - name/account appears in the <quote>Assigned To:</quote> - field of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - QA Contact - You are one of the designated - QA Contacts for the bug. Your account appears in the - <quote>QA Contact:</quote> text-box of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - CC - You are on the list CC List for the bug. - Your account appears in the <quote>CC:</quote> text box - of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Voter - You have placed one or more votes for the bug. - Your account appears only if someone clicks on the - <quote>Show votes for this bug</quote> link on the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <note> - <para> - Some columns may not be visible for your installation, depending - on your site's configuration. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - To fine-tune your bugmail, decide the events for which you want - to receive bugmail; then decide if you want to receive it all - the time (enable the checkbox for every column), or only when - you have a certain relationship with a bug (enable the checkbox - only for those columns). For example: if you didn't want to - receive mail when someone added themselves to the CC list, you - could uncheck all the boxes in the <quote>CC Field Changes</quote> - line. As another example, if you never wanted to receive email - on bugs you reported unless the bug was resolved, you would - un-check all boxes in the <quote>Reporter</quote> column - except for the one on the <quote>The bug is resolved or - verified</quote> row. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Bugzilla adds the <quote>X-Bugzilla-Reason</quote> header to - all bugmail it sends, describing the recipient's relationship - (AssignedTo, Reporter, QAContact, CC, or Voter) to the bug. - This header can be used to do further client-side filtering. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Bugzilla has a feature called <quote>Users Watching</quote>. - When you enter one or more comma-delineated user accounts (usually email - addresses) into the text entry box, you will receive a copy of all the - bugmail those users are sent (security settings permitting). - This powerful functionality enables seamless transitions as developers - change projects or users go on holiday. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The ability to watch other users may not be available in all - Bugzilla installations. If you don't see this feature, and feel - that you need it, speak to your administrator. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Each user listed in the <quote>Users watching you</quote> field - has you listed in their <quote>Users to watch</quote> list - and can get bugmail according to your relationship to the bug and - their <quote>Field/recipient specific options</quote> setting. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="savedsearches" xreflabel="Saved Searches"> - <title>Saved Searches</title> - <para> - On this tab you can view and run any Saved Searches that you have - created, and also any Saved Searches that other members of the group - defined in the "querysharegroup" parameter have shared. - Saved Searches can be added to the page footer from this screen. - If somebody is sharing a Search with a group she or he is allowed to - <link linkend="groups">assign users to</link>, the sharer may opt to have - the Search show up in the footer of the group's direct members by default. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="accountpreferences" xreflabel="Name and Password"> - <title>Name and Password</title> - - <para>On this tab, you can change your basic account information, - including your password, email address and real name. For security - reasons, in order to change anything on this page you must type your - <emphasis>current</emphasis> password into the <quote>Password</quote> - field at the top of the page. - If you attempt to change your email address, a confirmation - email is sent to both the old and new addresses, with a link to use to - confirm the change. This helps to prevent account hijacking.</para> - </section> - - <section id="permissionsettings"> - <title>Permissions</title> - - <para> - This is a purely informative page which outlines your current - permissions on this installation of Bugzilla. - </para> - - <para> - A complete list of permissions is below. Only users with - <emphasis>editusers</emphasis> privileges can change the permissions - of other users. - </para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - admin - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user is an Administrator. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_canusewhineatothers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can configure whine reports for other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_canusewhines - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can configure whine reports for self. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_sudoers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can perform actions as other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_sudo_protect - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can not be impersonated by other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - canconfirm - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can confirm a bug or mark it a duplicate. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - creategroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create and destroy groups. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editbugs - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can edit all bug fields. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editclassifications - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit classifications. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editcomponents - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit components. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editkeywords - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit keywords. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editusers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can edit or disable users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - tweakparams - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can change Parameters. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - <note> - <para> - For more information on how permissions work in Bugzilla (i.e. who can - change what), see <xref linkend="cust-change-permissions"/>. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - </section> - - - <section id="reporting"> - <title>Reports and Charts</title> - - <para>As well as the standard buglist, Bugzilla has two more ways of - viewing sets of bugs. These are the reports (which give different - views of the current state of the database) and charts (which plot - the changes in particular sets of bugs over time.)</para> - - <section id="reports"> - <title>Reports</title> - - <para> - A report is a view of the current state of the bug database. - </para> - - <para> - You can run either an HTML-table-based report, or a graphical - line/pie/bar-chart-based one. The two have different pages to - define them, but are close cousins - once you've defined and - viewed a report, you can switch between any of the different - views of the data at will. - </para> - - <para> - Both report types are based on the idea of defining a set of bugs - using the standard search interface, and then choosing some - aspect of that set to plot on the horizontal and/or vertical axes. - You can also get a form of 3-dimensional report by choosing to have - multiple images or tables. - </para> - - <para> - So, for example, you could use the search form to choose "all - bugs in the WorldControl product", and then plot their severity - against their component to see which component had had the largest - number of bad bugs reported against it. - </para> - - <para> - Once you've defined your parameters and hit "Generate Report", - you can switch between HTML, CSV, Bar, Line and Pie. (Note: Pie - is only available if you didn't define a vertical axis, as pie - charts don't have one.) The other controls are fairly self-explanatory; - you can change the size of the image if you find text is overwriting - other text, or the bars are too thin to see. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="charts"> - <title>Charts</title> - - <para> - A chart is a view of the state of the bug database over time. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla currently has two charting systems - Old Charts and New - Charts. Old Charts have been part of Bugzilla for a long time; they - chart each status and resolution for each product, and that's all. - They are deprecated, and going away soon - we won't say any more - about them. - New Charts are the future - they allow you to chart anything you - can define as a search. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Both charting forms require the administrator to set up the - data-gathering script. If you can't see any charts, ask them whether - they have done so. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - An individual line on a chart is called a data set. - All data sets are organised into categories and subcategories. The - data sets that Bugzilla defines automatically use the Product name - as a Category and Component names as Subcategories, but there is no - need for you to follow that naming scheme with your own charts if - you don't want to. - </para> - - <para> - Data sets may be public or private. Everyone sees public data sets in - the list, but only their creator sees private data sets. Only - administrators can make data sets public. - No two data sets, even two private ones, can have the same set of - category, subcategory and name. So if you are creating private data - sets, one idea is to have the Category be your username. - </para> - - <section> - <title>Creating Charts</title> - - <para> - You create a chart by selecting a number of data sets from the - list, and pressing Add To List for each. In the List Of Data Sets - To Plot, you can define the label that data set will have in the - chart's legend, and also ask Bugzilla to Sum a number of data sets - (e.g. you could Sum data sets representing RESOLVED, VERIFIED and - CLOSED in a particular product to get a data set representing all - the resolved bugs in that product.) - </para> - - <para> - If you've erroneously added a data set to the list, select it - using the checkbox and click Remove. Once you add more than one - data set, a "Grand Total" line - automatically appears at the bottom of the list. If you don't want - this, simply remove it as you would remove any other line. - </para> - - <para> - You may also choose to plot only over a certain date range, and - to cumulate the results - that is, to plot each one using the - previous one as a baseline, so the top line gives a sum of all - the data sets. It's easier to try than to explain :-) - </para> - - <para> - Once a data set is in the list, one can also perform certain - actions on it. For example, one can edit the - data set's parameters (name, frequency etc.) if it's one you - created or if you are an administrator. - </para> - - <para> - Once you are happy, click Chart This List to see the chart. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="charts-new-series"> - <title>Creating New Data Sets</title> - - <para> - You may also create new data sets of your own. To do this, - click the "create a new data set" link on the Create Chart page. - This takes you to a search-like interface where you can define - the search that Bugzilla will plot. At the bottom of the page, - you choose the category, sub-category and name of your new - data set. - </para> - - <para> - If you have sufficient permissions, you can make the data set public, - and reduce the frequency of data collection to less than the default - seven days. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="flags"> - <title>Flags</title> - - <para> - A flag is a kind of status that can be set on bugs or attachments - to indicate that the bugs/attachments are in a certain state. - Each installation can define its own set of flags that can be set - on bugs or attachments. - </para> - - <para> - If your installation has defined a flag, you can set or unset that flag, - and if your administrator has enabled requesting of flags, you can submit - a request for another user to set the flag. - </para> - - <para> - To set a flag, select either "+" or "-" from the drop-down menu next to - the name of the flag in the "Flags" list. The meaning of these values are - flag-specific and thus cannot be described in this documentation, - but by way of example, setting a flag named "review" to "+" may indicate - that the bug/attachment has passed review, while setting it to "-" - may indicate that the bug/attachment has failed review. - </para> - - <para> - To unset a flag, click its drop-down menu and select the blank value. - Note that marking an attachment as obsolete automatically cancels all - pending requests for the attachment. - </para> - - <para> - If your administrator has enabled requests for a flag, request a flag - by selecting "?" from the drop-down menu and then entering the username - of the user you want to set the flag in the text field next to the menu. - </para> - - <para> - A set flag appears in bug reports and on "edit attachment" pages with the - abbreviated username of the user who set the flag prepended to the - flag name. For example, if Jack sets a "review" flag to "+", it appears - as Jack: review [ + ] - </para> - - <para> - A requested flag appears with the user who requested the flag prepended - to the flag name and the user who has been requested to set the flag - appended to the flag name within parentheses. For example, if Jack - asks Jill for review, it appears as Jack: review [ ? ] (Jill). - </para> - - <para> - You can browse through open requests made of you and by you by selecting - 'My Requests' from the footer. You can also look at open requests limited - by other requesters, requestees, products, components, and flag names from - this page. Note that you can use '-' for requestee to specify flags with - 'no requestee' set. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="whining"> - <title>Whining</title> - - <para> - Whining is a feature in Bugzilla that can regularly annoy users at - specified times. Using this feature, users can execute saved searches - at specific times (i.e. the 15th of the month at midnight) or at - regular intervals (i.e. every 15 minutes on Sundays). The results of the - searches are sent to the user, either as a single email or as one email - per bug, along with some descriptive text. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Throughout this section it will be assumed that all users are members - of the bz_canusewhines group, membership in which is required in order - to use the Whining system. You can easily make all users members of - the bz_canusewhines group by setting the User RegExp to ".*" (without - the quotes). - </para> - - <para> - Also worth noting is the bz_canusewhineatothers group. Members of this - group can create whines for any user or group in Bugzilla using a - extended form of the whining interface. Features only available to - members of the bz_canusewhineatothers group will be noted in the - appropriate places. - </para> - </warning> - - <note> - <para> - For whining to work, a special Perl script must be executed at regular - intervals. More information on this is available in - <xref linkend="installation-whining"/>. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - This section does not cover the whineatnews.pl script. See - <xref linkend="installation-whining-cron"/> for more information on - The Whining Cron. - </para> - </note> - - <section id="whining-overview"> - <title>The Event</title> - - <para> - The whining system defines an "Event" as one or more queries being - executed at regular intervals, with the results of said queries (if - there are any) being emailed to the user. Events are created by - clicking on the "Add new event" button. - </para> - - <para> - Once a new event is created, the first thing to set is the "Email - subject line". The contents of this field will be used in the subject - line of every email generated by this event. In addition to setting a - subject, space is provided to enter some descriptive text that will be - included at the top of each message (to help you in understanding why - you received the email in the first place). - </para> - - <para> - The next step is to specify when the Event is to be run (the Schedule) - and what searches are to be performed (the Searches). - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="whining-schedule"> - <title>Whining Schedule</title> - - <para> - Each whining event is associated with zero or more schedules. A - schedule is used to specify when the query (specified below) is to be - run. A new event starts out with no schedules (which means it will - never run, as it is not scheduled to run). To add a schedule, press - the "Add a new schedule" button. - </para> - - <para> - Each schedule includes an interval, which you use to tell Bugzilla - when the event should be run. An event can be run on certain days of - the week, certain days of the month, during weekdays (defined as - Monday through Friday), or every day. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Be careful if you set your event to run on the 29th, 30th, or 31st of - the month, as your event may not run exactly when expected. If you - want your event to run on the last day of the month, select "Last day - of the month" as the interval. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - Once you have specified the day(s) on which the event is to be run, you - should now specify the time at which the event is to be run. You can - have the event run at a certain hour on the specified day(s), or - every hour, half-hour, or quarter-hour on the specified day(s). - </para> - - <para> - If a single schedule does not execute an event as many times as you - would want, you can create another schedule for the same event. For - example, if you want to run an event on days whose numbers are - divisible by seven, you would need to add four schedules to the event, - setting the schedules to run on the 7th, 14th, 21st, and 28th (one day - per schedule) at whatever time (or times) you choose. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you are a member of the bz_canusewhineatothers group, then you - will be presented with another option: "Mail to". Using this you - can control who will receive the emails generated by this event. You - can choose to send the emails to a single user (identified by email - address) or a single group (identified by group name). To send to - multiple users or groups, create a new schedule for each additional - user/group. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="whining-query"> - <title>Whining Searches</title> - - <para> - Each whining event is associated with zero or more searches. A search - is any saved search to be run as part of the specified schedule (see - above). You start out without any searches associated with the event - (which means that the event will not run, as there will never be any - results to return). To add a search, press the "Include search" button. - </para> - - <para> - The first field to examine in your newly added search is the Sort field. - Searches are run, and results included, in the order specified by the - Sort field. Searches with smaller Sort values will run before searches - with bigger Sort values. - </para> - - <para> - The next field to examine is the Search field. This is where you - choose the actual search that is to be run. Instead of defining search - parameters here, you are asked to choose from the list of saved - searches (the same list that appears at the bottom of every Bugzilla - page). You are only allowed to choose from searches that you have - saved yourself (the default saved search, "My Bugs", is not a valid - choice). If you do not have any saved searches, you can take this - opportunity to create one (see <xref linkend="list"/>). - </para> - - <note> - <para> - When running queries, the whining system acts as if you are the user - executing the query. This means that the whining system will ignore - bugs that match your query, but that you can not access. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Once you have chosen the saved search to be executed, give the query a - descriptive title. This title will appear in the email, above the - results of the query. If you choose "One message per bug", the query - title will appear at the top of each email that contains a bug matching - your query. - </para> - - <para> - Finally, decide if the results of the query should be sent in a single - email, or if each bug should appear in its own email. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Think carefully before checking the "One message per bug" box. If - you create a query that matches thousands of bugs, you will receive - thousands of emails! - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Saving Your Changes</title> - - <para> - Once you have defined at least one schedule, and created at least one - query, go ahead and "Update/Commit". This will save your Event and make - it available for immediate execution. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you ever feel like deleting your event, you may do so using the - "Remove Event" button in the upper-right corner of each Event. You - can also modify an existing event, so long as you "Update/Commit" - after completing your modifications. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> - |